Quantcast
Channel: DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D – New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 1640 articles
Browse latest View live

Pexidartinib

$
0
0

Pexidartinib

PLX-3397

5-((5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-N-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)methyl)pyridin-2-amine

N-[5-[(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]-2-pyridinyl]-6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinemethanamine

Phase III

A Multi-targeted tyrosine kinase inhibitor potentially for the treatment of tenosynovial giant cell tumor (TGCT).

CAS No.: 1029044-16-3
Mol. Formula: C20H15ClF3N5
Mol. Weight: 417.81
  • Pexidartinib; 1029044-16-3; PLX-3397; 5-((5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-N-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)methyl)pyridin-2-amine; 5-[(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]-N-[[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]methyl]pyridin-2-amine; 5-[(5-Chloro-1h-Pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-3-Yl)methyl]-N-{[6-(Trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-Yl]methyl}pyridin-2-Amine;
  • Originator Plexxikon
  • Developer Barbara Ann Karmanos Cancer Institute; Columbia University; Merck & Co; National Cancer Institute (USA); Plexxikon; University of California at San Francisco
  • Class 2 ring heterocyclic compounds; Antineoplastics; Fluorine compounds; Pyridines; Pyrroles; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Fms-like tyrosine kinase 3 inhibitors; Immunomodulators; Macrophage colony stimulating factor receptor antagonists; Proto oncogene protein c-akt inhibitors; Proto oncogene protein c-kit inhibitors
  • Orphan Drug Status Yes – Giant cell tumour of tendon sheath; Pigmented villonodular synovitis
  • Phase III Pigmented villonodular synovitis
  • Phase II Glioblastoma; Malignant melanoma; Prostate cancer
  • Phase I/II Breast cancer; Leukaemia; Peripheral nervous system diseases; Sarcoma; Solid tumours
  • Phase I Gastrointestinal stromal tumours
  • No development reported Neurological disorders; Rheumatoid arthritis
  • Discontinued Acute myeloid leukaemia; Hodgkin’s disease

Most Recent Events

  • 25 May 2016 Plexxikon and AstraZeneca plan the MEDIPLEX phase I trial for Solid tumours (Combination therapy, Metastatic disease) in France (NCT02777710)
  • 05 Apr 2016 Daiichi Sankyo plans a phase I trial for Solid tumours (Late-stage disease, Second-line therapy or greater) in Taiwan (PO) (NCT02734433)
  • 11 Mar 2016 Plexxikon re-initiates enrolment in a phase Ib trial in Solid tumours and Gastrointestinal stromal tumours in USA (NCT02401815)

Multi-targeted receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor of CSF1R, c-Kit, and FLT3 (IC50 values 13 nM, 27 nM, and 11 nM, respectively) Administration of PLX3397 reduced CIBP, induced substantial intratumoral fibrosis, and was also highly efficacious in reducing tumor cell growth, formation of new tumor colonies in bone, and pathological tumor-induced bone remodeling. PLX3397 is superior to imatinib in the treatment of malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (MPNST), and the combination of PLX3397 with a TORC1 inhibitor could provide a new therapeutic approach for the treatment of this disease.

Plexxikon is conducting phase III clinical studies with PLX-3397 for the treatment of pigmented villonodular synovitis. Phase II clinical studies are ongoing for the oral treatment of melanoma and glioblastoma multiforme. Additional early clinical trials are underway for the treatment of metastatic breast cancer, for the treatment of prostate cancer (adenocarcinoma), and for the treatment of malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor. No recent development has been reported from preclinical studies for the treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus and for the treatment of multiple sclerosis. Prior to patient enrollment, a phase I clinical trial by Plexxikon for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis was withdrawn. Daiichi Sankyo (parent of Plexxikon) decided to discontinue phase II trials of the product for the treatment of castration-resistant prostate cancer and for the treatment of Hodgkin’s lymphoma after reviewing its clinical study results and also have discontinued phase II studies for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia due to strategic reasons.

Pexidartinib.png

In 2014, orphan drug designation was assigned to the compound in the US for the treatment of pigmented villonodular synovitis andf giant cell tumor of the tendon sheath. In 2015, the compound was granted orphan designation in the E.U. for the treatment of tenosynovial giant cell tumor, localised and diffuse type. In the same year, the product was granted breakthrough therapy designation for the treatment of tenosynovial giant cell tumor (TGCT) where surgical removal of the tumor would be associated with potentially worsening functional limitation or severe morbidity.

C-fms and c-kit arc both type III transmembrane receptor protein tyrosine kinases (RPTKs) that regulate key signal transduction cascades that control cellular growth and proliferation. Both receptors have similar structural features comprising five extracellular immunoglobulin (IG) domains, a single transmembrane domain, and a split cytoplasmic kinase domain separated by a kinase insert segment.

c-Fms
C-fms is a member of the family of genes originally isolated from the Susan McDonough strain ot teline sarcoma viruses, The cellular proto-oncogene FMS (c-fms, cellular feline McDonough sarcoma) codes for the receptor for the macrophage colony-stimuktmg tactor (M- CSF) C-fms is crucial for the growth and differentiation of the monocyte-macrophage lineage, and upon binding of Vf-CSF to the extracellular domain of c-fms, the receptor dimeπzes and trans- autophosphorylates cytoplasmic tyrosine residues

M-CSF, first described by Robinson and co-workers (Blood 1969, 33 396-9), is a cytokine that controls the production, differentiation, and function of macrophages M-CSF stimulates differentiation of progenitor cells to mature monocytes, and prolongs the survival of monocytes Furthermore, M-CSF enhances cytotoxicity, superoxide production, phagocytosis, chemota\is, and secondary cytokine production of additional factors in monocytes and macrophages Examples of such additional factors include granulocyte colony stimulating lactor (G-CSF) interleukin-6 (IL-6), and mterleukm-8 (IL-8) M-CSF stimulates hematopoiesis, promotes differentiation and proliferation of osteoclast progenitor cells, and has profound effects on lipid metabolism Furthermore, M-CSF is important in pregnancy Physiologically, large amounts of M-CSF are produced in the placenta, and M-CSF is believed to play an essential role in trophoblast differentiation (Motoyoshi, lnt J Hematol 1998, 67 109-22) l hc elevated semm levels of M-CSF m early pregnancy may participate in the immunologic mechanisms responsible for the maintenance of the pregnancy (Flanagan & Lader, Curr Opm Hematol 1998, 5 181-5)

Related to c-fms and c-kit are two p_latelet -derived growth factor receptors, alpha (i e , pdgfra) and beta (pdgfrb) (PDGF) 1 he gene coding for pdgfra is located on chromosome 4ql 1 -q!2 in the same region of chromosome 4 as the oncogene coding for c-kit The genes coding for pdgfra and c-fms appear to have evolved from a common ancestral gene by gene duplication, inasmuch as these two genes are tandemly linked on chromosome 5 They are oriented head to tail with the 5-pnme exon of the c-fms gene located only 500 bp from the last 3-pπme exon of the gene coding for pdgfra Most gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST) have activating mutations in c-kit and most patients with GISTs respond well to Gleevec, which inhibits c-kit Hemπch et al (Science 2003, 299 “OS-IO) have shown that approximately 35% of GISTs lacking c-krt mutations, have intragenic activation mutations m tht gene encoding pdgfra, and that tumors expressing c-kit or pdgfrd are indistinguishable with respect to activation of downstream signaling intermediates and cytogenetic changes associated with tumor progression Thus, c kit and pdgfra mutations appear to be alternative and mutually exclusive oncogenic mechanisms m GISTs [0007} Similarly, the observation that production of M-CSF, the major macrophage growth factor, is increased in tissues during inflammation points out a role for c-frns in diseases, such as for example inflammatory diseases. More particularly, because elevated levels of M-CSF are found in the disease state, modulation of the activity of c-fms can ameliorate disease associated with increased levels of M-CSF.

c-Kit
The Stem Cell Factor (SCF) receptor c-kit plays an important role in the development of melanocytes and mast, germ and hematopoietic cells. Stem Cell Factor (SCF) is a protein encoded by the Sl locus, and has also been called “kit ligand” (KL) and mast cell growth factor (MGF), based on the biological properties used to identify it (reviewed in Tsujimura, Pathol Int 1996, 46:933-938; Loveland, et al., J. Endocrinol 1997, 153:337-344; Vliagoftis, et al,, Clin Immunol 1997, 100:435-440; Broudy, Blood 1997, 90: 1345-1364; Pignon, Hermatol Cell Ther 1997, 39: 1 14-1 16; and Lyman, et al., Blood 1998, 91 : 1 101 -1 134.). Herein the abbreviation SCF refers to the physiological ligand for c-kit.

SCF is synthesized as a transmembrane protein with a molecular weight of 220 or 248 Dalton, depending on alternative splicing of the mRNA to encode exon 6. The larger protein can be proteolytically cleaved to form, a soluble, glycosylated protein which noncovalently dimerizcs. Both the soluble and membrane-bound forms of SCF can bind to and activate c-kit. For example, in the skin, SCF is predominantly expressed by fibroblasts, keratinocytes, and endothelial cells, which modulate the activity of melanocytes and mast cells expressing c-kit. In bone, marrow stromal cells express SCF and regulate hematopoiesis of c-kit expressing stem cells. In the gastrointestinal tract, intestinal epithelial cells express SCF and affect the interstitial cells of Cajal and intraepithelial lymphocytes. In the testis, Sertoli cells and granulosa cells express SCF which regulates spermatogenesis by interaction with c-kit on germ cells.

STR1

PATENT

WO 2008063888

PATENT

WO 2008064265

PATENT

WO 2008064255

PATENT

WO 2012158957

Fragments in the clinic: PLX3397

Practical Fragments covers a wide variety of journals. J. Med. Chem., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., Drug Disc. Today, and ACS Med. Chem. Lett. are all well-represented, but we also range further afield, from biggies such asNature and Science to more niche titles such as ChemMedChem, Acta. Cryst. D., and Anal. Chim. Acta. The increasingly clinical relevance of fragment-based approaches is highlighted by a recent paper by William Tap and a large group of collaborators appearing in the New England Journal of Medicine. This reports on the results of the Daiichi Sankyo (née Plexxikon) drug PLX3397 in a phase I trial for tenosynovial giant-cell tumor, a rare but aggressive cancer of the tendon sheath.

The story actually starts with a 2013 paper by Chao Zhang and his Plexxikon colleagues in Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA. The researchers were interested in inhibiting the enzymes CSF1R (or FMS) and KIT; both kinases are implicated in cancer as well as inflammatory diseases. The team started with 7-azaindole, the same fragment they used to discover vemurafenib. Structural studies of an early derivative, PLX070, revealed a hydrogen bond between the ligand oxygen and a conserved backbone amide. Further building led to PLX647, with good activity against both CSF1R and KIT. Selectivity profiling against a panel of 400 kinases revealed only two others with IC50values < 0.3 µM. The molecule was active in cell-based assays, had good pharmacokinetics in mice and rats, and was active in rodent models of inflammatory disease.

The new paper focuses on the results of a clinical trial with PLX3397, a derivative of PLX647. Despite its close structural similarity to PLX647, it binds to CSF1R in a slightly different manner. Both inhibitors bind to the inactive form of the kinase, but PLX3397 also recruits the so-called juxtamembrane domain of the kinase to stabilize this autoinhibited conformation. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics studies in animals were also positive.

http://practicalfragments.blogspot.in/2015/10/fragments-in-clinic-plx3397.html

Tenosynovial giant-cell tumor seems to be dependent on CSF1R, so the researchers performed a phase 1 dose-escalation study with an extension in which patients treated with the chosen phase 2 dose were treated longer. Of the 23 patients in this extension, 12 had a partial response and 7 had stable disease. A quick search ofclinicaltrials.gov reveals that PLX3397 is currently in multiple trials for several indications, including a phase 3 trial for giant cell tumor of the tendon sheath.

Several lessons can be drawn from these studies. First, as the authors note, one fragment can give rise to multiple different clinical candidates. Indeed, in addition to vemurafenib, 7-azaindole was also the starting point forAZD5363. This is a good counterargument to those who believe that novelty is essential in fragments.

A second, related point is that selectivity is also not necessary for a fragment. The fact that 7-azaindole comes up so frequently as a kinase-binding fragment has not prevented researchers from growing it into remarkably selective inhibitors. An obvious corollary is that even subtle changes to a molecule can have dramatic effects: the added pyridyl nitrogen in PLX3397 is essential for stabilizing a unique conformation of the enzyme.

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2015265586 2015-09-24 COMPOUNDS MODULATING C-FMS AND/OR C-KIT ACTIVITY AND USES THEREFOR
US2014243365 2014-08-28 COMPOUNDS MODULATING C-FMS AND/OR C-KIT ACTIVITY AND USES THEREFOR
US8722702 2014-05-13 Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor
US2014045840 2014-02-13 COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR KINASE MODULATION, AND INDICATIONS THEREFOR
US2013274259 2013-10-17 KINASE MODULATION AND INDICATIONS THEREFOR
US8404700 2013-03-26 Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor
US2011230482 2011-09-22 COMPOUNDS MODULATING C-FMS AND/OR C-KIT ACTIVITY
US7893075 2011-02-22 Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor

//////1029044-16-3, Pexidartinib , PLX-3397, PHASE3

FC(F)(F)c1ccc(cn1)CNc2ccc(cn2)Cc4cnc3ncc(Cl)cc34

Start of the Euro 2016.

 

Start of the Euro 2016

 


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: 1029044-16-3, Pexidartinib, PHASE3, PLX-3397

Gilteritinib for Treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia

$
0
0

Gilteritinib

ASP-2215

Treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia

6-ethyl-3-{3-methoxy-4-[4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl]anilino}-5-[(oxan-4-yl)amino]pyrazine-2-carboxamide

C29H44N8O3, 552.71

Phase III

A FLT3/AXL inhibitor potentially for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia.

CAS No. 1254053-43-4

Astellas Pharma  INNOVATOR
Mechanism Of Action Axl receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors, Fms-like tyrosine kinase 3 inhibitors, Proto oncogene protein c-kit inhibitors
Who Atc Codes L01X-E (Protein kinase inhibitors)
Ephmra Codes L1H (Protein Kinase Inhibitor Antineoplastics)
Indication Cancer, Hepatic impairment

Gilteritinib(ASP-2215) is a potent FLT3/AXL inhibitor with IC50 of 0.29 nM/<1 nM respectively; shows potent antileukemic activity against AML with either or both FLT3-ITD and FLT3-D835 mutations.
IC50 value: 0.29 nM(FLT3); <1 nM(Axl kinase)
Target: FLT3/AXL inhibitor
ASP2215 inhibited the growth of MV4-11 cells, which harbor FLT3-ITD, with an IC50 value of 0.92 nM, accompanied with inhibition of pFLT3, pAKT, pSTAT5, pERK, and pS6. ASP2215 decreased tumor burden in bone marrow and prolonged the survival of mice intravenously transplanted with MV4-11 cells. ASP2215 may have potential use in treating AML.

SYNTHESIS

STR1

Patent

WO 2015119122

Compound A is 6-ethyl-3 – ({3-methoxy-4- [4- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) piperidin-1-yl] phenyl} amino) -5- a (tetrahydro -2H- pyran-4-ylamino) pyrazine-2-carboxamide, its chemical structure is shown below.
[Formula 1]

Gilteritinib fumarate

1254053-84-3.png

2D chemical structure of 1254053-84-3

Gilteritinib fumarate [USAN]

RN: 1254053-84-3

UNII: 5RZZ0Z1GJT

2-Pyrazinecarboxamide, 6-ethyl-3-((3-methoxy-4-(4-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-1-piperidinyl)phenyl)amino)-5-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)amino)-, (2E)-2-butenedioate (2:1)

  • ASP-2215 hemifumarate
  • Molecular Formula, 2C29-H44-N8-O3.C4-H4-O4, Molecular Weight, 1221.5108

Astellas Inititaties Phase 3 Registration Trial of gilteritinib (ASP2215) in Relapsed or Refractory Acute Myeloid Leukemia Patients

gilteritinib-ASP2215

TOKYO, Japan I October 28, 2015 I Astellas Pharma Inc. (TSE:4503) today announced dosing of the first patient in a randomized Phase 3 registration trial of gilteritinib (ASP2215)versus salvage chemotherapy in patients with relapsed or refractory (R/R) acute myeloid leukemia (AML). The primary endpoint of the trial is overall survival (OS).

Gilteritinibis a receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor of FLT3 and AXL, which are involved in the growth of cancer cells. Gilteritinibhas demonstrated inhibitory activity against FLT3 internal tandem duplication (ITD) as well as tyrosine kinase domain (TKD), two common types of FLT3 mutations that are seen in up to one third of patients with AML.

The gilteritinib Phase 3 trial follows a Phase 1/2 trial, which evaluated doses from 20 to 450 mg once daily. A parallel multi-dose expansion cohort was initiated based on the efficacy seen in the dose escalation phase. Preliminary data from the Phase 1/2 trial presented at the 2015 American Society of Clinical Oncology annual meeting demonstrated a 57.5 percent overall response rate and a 47.2 percent composite Complete Response (CR) rate (CR + CR with incomplete platelet recovery + CR with incomplete hematologic recovery) in 106 patients with FLT3 mutations who received 80 mg and higher doses. Median duration of response was 18 weeks across all doses and median OS was approximately 27 weeks at 80 mg and above in FLT3 mutation positive patients. Common drug-related adverse events (> 10%) observed in the study were diarrhea (13.4%), fatigue (12.4%) and AST increase (11.3%). At the 450 mg dose, two patients reached dose-limiting toxicity (grade 3 diarrhea and ALT/AST elevation) and the maximum tolerated dose was determined to be 300 mg.

On October 27, 2015, the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW) announced the selection of gilteritinib as one of the first products designated for SAKIGAKE.

About the Phase 3 Study

The Phase 3 trial is an open-label, multicenter, randomized study of gilteritinib versus salvage chemotherapy in patients with Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML). The study will enroll 369 patients with FLT3 activating mutation in bone marrow or whole blood, as determined by central lab, AML who are refractory to or have relapsed after first-line AML therapy. Subjects will be randomized in a 2:1 ratio to receive gilteritinib (120 mg) or salvage chemotherapy consisting of LoDAC (low-dose cytarabine), azacitidine, MEC (mitoxantrone, etoposide, and intermediate-dose cytarabine), or FLAG-IDA (fludarabine, cytarabine, and granulocyte colony-stimulating factor with idarubicin). The primary endpoint of the trial is OS. For more information about this trial go to http://www.clinicaltrials.gov, trial identifier NCT02421939.

Gilteritinib was discovered through a research collaboration with Kotobuki Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., and Astellas has exclusive global rights to develop, manufacture and potentially commercialize gilteritinib.

About Acute Myeloid Leukemia

Acute myeloid leukemia is a cancer that impacts the blood and bone marrow and most commonly experienced in older adults. According to the//www.cancer.org/acs/groups/content/@editorial/documents/document/acspc-044552.pdf” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow”>American Cancer Society, in 2015, there will be an estimated 20,830 new cases of AML diagnosed in the United States, and about 10,460 cases will result in death.

About SAKIGAKE

The SAKIGAKE designation system can shorten the review period in the following three approaches: 1.) Prioritized Consultation 2.) Substantial Pre-application Consultation and 3.) Prioritized Review. Also, the system will promote development with the following two approaches: 4.) Review Partner System (to be conducted by the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency) and 5.) Substantial Post-Marketing Safety Measures.

About Astellas

Astellas Pharma Inc., based in Tokyo, Japan, is a company dedicated to improving the health of people around the world through the provision of innovative and reliable pharmaceutical products. We focus on Urology, Oncology, Immunology, Nephrology and Neuroscience as prioritized therapeutic areas while advancing new therapeutic areas and discovery research leveraging new technologies/modalities. We are also creating new value by combining internal capabilities and external expertise in the medical/healthcare business. Astellas is on the forefront of healthcare change to turn innovative science into value for patients. For more information, please visit our website at http://www.astellas.com/en.

SOURCE: Astellas Pharma

Start of the Euro 2016

////////1254053-43-4, Gilteritinib, ASP-2215, PHASE 3, ASP 2215, Astellas Pharma, Acute Myeloid Leukemia

CCc1c(nc(c(n1)C(=O)N)Nc2ccc(c(c2)OC)N3CCC(CC3)N4CCN(CC4)C)NC5CCOCC5

CCc1c(nc(c(n1)C(=O)N)Nc2ccc(c(c2)OC)N3CCC(CC3)N4CCN(CC4)C)NC5CCOCC5.CCc1c(nc(c(n1)C(=O)N)Nc2ccc(c(c2)OC)N3CCC(CC3)N4CCN(CC4)C)NC5CCOCC5.C(=C/C(=O)O)\C(=O)O


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: 1254053-43-4, Acute Myeloid Leukemia, ASP-2215, ASTELLAS PHARMA, Gilteritinib, PHASE 3

FDA approves vaccine Vaxchora to prevent cholera for travelers

$
0
0

06/10/2016 04:22 PM EDT
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Vaxchora, a vaccine for the prevention of cholera caused by serogroup O1 in adults 18 through 64 years of age traveling to cholera-affected areas. Vaxchora is the only FDA-approved vaccine for the prevention of cholera.

June 10, 2016

Release

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Vaxchora, a vaccine for the prevention of cholera caused by serogroup O1 in adults 18 through 64 years of age traveling to cholera-affected areas. Vaxchora is the only FDA-approved vaccine for the prevention of cholera.

Cholera, a disease caused by Vibrio cholerae bacteria, is acquired by ingesting contaminated water or food and causes a watery diarrhea that can range from mild to extremely severe. Often the infection is mild; however, severe cholera is characterized by profuse diarrhea and vomiting, leading to dehydration. It is potentially life threatening if treatment with antibiotics and fluid replacement is not initiated promptly. According to the World Health Organization, serogroup O1 is the predominant cause of cholera globally.

“The approval of Vaxchora represents a significant addition to the cholera-prevention measures currently recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for travelers to cholera-affected regions,” said Peter Marks, M.D., Ph.D., director of the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research.

While cholera is rare in the U.S., travelers to parts of the world with inadequate water and sewage treatment and poor sanitation are at risk for infection. Travelers to cholera-affected areas have relied on preventive strategies recommended by the CDC to protect themselves against cholera, including safe food and water practices and frequent hand washing.

Vaxchora is a live, weakened vaccine that is taken as a single, oral liquid dose of approximately three fluid ounces at least 10 days before travel to a cholera-affected area.

Vaxchora’s efficacy was demonstrated in a randomized, placebo-controlled human challenge study of 197 U.S. volunteers from 18 through 45 years of age. Of the 197 volunteers, 68 Vaxchora recipients and 66 placebo recipients were challenged by oral ingestion of Vibrio cholerae, the bacterium that causes cholera. Vaxchora efficacy was 90 percent among those challenged 10 days after vaccination and 80 percent among those challenged three months after vaccination.  The study included provisions for administration of antibiotics and fluid replacement in symptomatic participants. To prevent transmission of cholera into the community, the study included provisions for administration of antibiotics to participants not developing symptoms.

Two placebo-controlled studies to assess the immune system’s response to the vaccine were also conducted in the U.S. and Australia in adults 18 through 64 years of age. In the 18 through 45 year age group, 93 percent of Vaxchora recipients produced antibodies indicative of protection against cholera. In the 46 through 64 years age group, 90 percent produced antibodies indicative of protection against cholera. The effectiveness of Vaxchora has not been established in persons living in cholera-affected areas.

The safety of Vaxchora was evaluated in adults 18 through 64 years of age in four randomized, placebo-controlled, multicenter clinical trials; 3,235 study participants received Vaxchora and 562 received a placebo. The most common adverse reactions reported by Vaxchora recipients were tiredness, headache, abdominal pain, nausea/vomiting, lack of appetite and diarrhea.

The FDA granted the Vaxchora application fast track designation and priority review status. These are distinct programs intended to facilitate and expedite the development and review of medical products that address a serious or life-threatening condition. In addition, the FDA awarded the manufacturer of Vaxchora a tropical disease priority review voucher, under a provision included in the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007. This provision aims to encourage the development of new drugs and biological products for the prevention and treatment of certain tropical diseases.

Vaxchora is manufactured by PaxVax Bermuda Ltd., located in Hamilton, Bermuda.

Company PaxVax Inc.
Description Live attenuated vaccine against Vibrio cholerae
Molecular Target
Mechanism of Action Vaccine
Therapeutic Modality Preventive vaccine: Viral vaccine
Latest Stage of Development Registration
Standard Indication Cholera
Indication Details Prevent cholera infection; Treat cholera
Regulatory Designation U.S. – Fast Track (Prevent cholera infection);
U.S. – Priority Review (Prevent cholera infection)

FDA Approves Vaxchora, PaxVax’s Single-Dose Oral Cholera Vaccine

Vaxchora™ is the only approved vaccine in the U.S. for protection against cholera

June 10, 2016 04:32 PM Eastern Daylight Time

REDWOOD CITY, Calif.—-PaxVax, today announced that it has received marketing approval from the United States (U.S.) Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for Vaxchora, a single-dose oral, live attenuated cholera vaccine indicated for use in adults 18 to 64 years of age. Vaxchora is the only vaccine available in the U.S. for protection against cholera and the only single-dose vaccine for cholera currently licensed anywhere in the world.

FDA Approves Vaxchora, PaxVax’s Single-Dose Oral Cholera Vaccine

“FDA approval of a new vaccine for a disease for which there has been no vaccine available is an extremely rare event. The approval of Vaxchora is an important milestone for PaxVax and we are proud to provide the only vaccine against cholera available in the U.S.,” said Nima Farzan, Chief Executive Officer and President of PaxVax. “We worked closely with the FDA on the development of Vaxchora and credit the agency’s priority review program for accelerating the availability of this novel vaccine. In line with our social mission, we have also begun development programs focused on bringing this vaccine to additional populations such as children and people living in countries affected by cholera.”

“As more U.S. residents travel globally, there is greater risk of exposure to diseases like cholera,” added Lisa Danzig, M.D., Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs. “Cholera is an underestimated disease that is found in many popular global travel destinations and is thought to be underreported in travelers. Preventative measures such as food and water precautions can be challenging to follow effectively and until now, U.S. travelers have not had access to a vaccine to help protect against this potentially deadly pathogen.”

Cholera is an acute intestinal diarrheal infection acquired by ingesting contaminated water and food. Annually, millions of people around the world are impacted by this extremely virulent disease1 which can cause death in less than 24 hours if left untreated2. More than 80 percent of reported U.S. cases3 are associated with travel to one of the 69 cholera-endemic countries4 in Africa, Asia and the Caribbean. A recent report from the Centers for Disease Prevention and Control suggests that the true number of cholera cases in the U.S. is at least 30 times higher than observed by national surveillance systems5. The currently recommended intervention to prevent cholera infection is the avoidance of contaminated water and food, but studies have shown that 98 percent of travelers do not comply with these precautions when travelling6.

“This important FDA decision is the culmination of years of dedicated work by many researchers,” said Myron M. Levine, MD, DTPH, the Simon and Bessie Grollman Distinguished Professor at the University of Maryland School of Medicine (UM SOM). “For travelers to the many parts of the world where cholera transmission is occurring and poses a potential risk, this vaccine helps protect them from this disease. It is a wonderful example of how public-private partnerships can develop medicines from bench to bedside.” Dr. Levine is co-inventor of the vaccine, along with James B. Kaper, PhD, Chairman of the UM SOM Department of Microbiology and Immunology. In addition, the Center for Vaccine Development at UM SOM worked closely with PaxVax during the development of Vaxchora.

The attenuated cholera vaccine strain used in Vaxchora is CVD 103-HgR, which was in-licensed from the Center for Vaccine Development at UM SOM in 2010. Vaxchora is expected to be commercially available in Q3 2016. Vaxchora will be distributed through PaxVax’s U.S. marketing and sales organization, which currently commercializes Vivotif®, an FDA-approved oral typhoid fever vaccine.

About Vaxchora (Cholera Vaccine, Live, Oral)

Vaxchora is an oral vaccine indicated for active immunization against disease caused by Vibrio cholerae serogroup O1. Vaxchora is approved for use in adults 18 through 64 years of age traveling to cholera-affected areas. The effectiveness of Vaxchora has not been established in persons living in cholera-affected areas or in persons who have pre-existing immunity due to previous exposure to V. cholerae or receipt of a cholera vaccine. Vaxchora has not been shown to protect against disease caused by V. cholerae serogroup O139 or other non-O1 serogroups.

The FDA approval of Vaxchora is based on positive results from a 10 and 90-day cholera challenge trial, as well as two safety and immunogenicity trials in healthy adults that demonstrated efficacy of more than 90 percent at 10 days and 79 percent at 3 months post vaccination7. The most common adverse reactions were tiredness, headache, abdominal pain, nausea/vomiting, lack of appetite and diarrhea. More than 3,000 participants were enrolled in the Phase 3 clinical trial program that evaluated Vaxchora at sites in Australia and the United States.

For the full Prescribing Information, please visit www.vaxchora.com.

Young man drinking contaminated water. Close-up of vibrio cholerae bacteria.
A bacterial disease causing severe diarrhoea and dehydration, usually spread in water

About PaxVax

PaxVax develops, manufactures and commercializes innovative specialty vaccines against infectious diseases for traditionally overlooked markets such as travel. PaxVax has licensed vaccines for typhoid fever (Vivotif) and cholera (Vaxchora), and vaccines at various stages of research and clinical development for adenovirus, anthrax, hepatitis A, HIV, and zika. As part of its social mission, PaxVax is also working to make its vaccines available to broader populations most affected by these diseases. PaxVax is headquartered in Redwood City, California and maintains research and development and Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) facilities in San Diego, California and Bern, Switzerland and other operations in Bermuda and Europe. More information is available at www.PaxVax.com.

References:

1 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Cholera: General Information. November 2014. http://www.cdc.gov/cholera/general. Accessed June 2016.

2 World Health Organization website. Cholera Fact Sheet. July 2015. http://www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs107/en/. Accessed June 2016.

3 Loharikar A et al. Cholera in the United States, 2001-2011: a reflection of patterns of global epidemiology and travel. Epidemiol Infect. 2015;143(4):695-703. doi:10.1017/S0950268814001186.

4 Ali M et al. Updated global burden of cholera in endemic countries. PLoS Negl Trop Dis. 2015; 9: e0003832 doi: 10.1371/journal.pntd.0003832.

5 Scallan E et al. Foodborne Illness Acquired in the United States –Major Pathogens. Emerg Infect Dis. 2011. http://dx.doi.org/10.3201/eid1701.P11101.

6 Kozicki M et al. Boil it, cook it, peel it or forget it’: does this rule prevent travellers’ diarrhoea?. Int J. Epidemiol. 1985; 14(1):169-72.

7 Chen WH et al. Single-Dose Live Oral Cholera Vaccine CVD 103-HgR Protects Against Human Experimental Infection with Vibrio cholerae O1 El Tor. Clinical Infectious Diseases 2016. 62 (11) 1329-1335. doi: 10.1093/cid/ciw145.

Contacts

PaxVax Inc.
Colin Sanford, 415-870-9188
colin.sanford@W2comm.com

/////FDA.  vaccine,  Vaxchora, choleram  travelers, PaxVax Bermuda Ltd.,Hamilton, Bermuda.


Filed under: FDA 2016, vaccine Tagged: Bermuda., choleram travelers, FDA. vaccine, Hamilton, PaxVax Bermuda Ltd., Vaxchora

Perspectives on Anti-Glycan Antibodies Gleaned from Development of a Community Resource Database

$
0
0
Abstract Image

Antibodies are used extensively for a wide range of basic research and clinical applications. While an abundant and diverse collection of antibodies to protein antigens have been developed, good monoclonal antibodies to carbohydrates are much less common. Moreover, it can be difficult to determine if a particular antibody has the appropriate specificity, which antibody is best suited for a given application, and where to obtain that antibody. Herein, we provide an overview of the current state of the field, discuss challenges for selecting and using antiglycan antibodies, and summarize deficiencies in the existing repertoire of antiglycan antibodies. This perspective was enabled by collecting information from publications, databases, and commercial entities and assembling it into a single database, referred to as the Database of Anti-Glycan Reagents (DAGR). DAGR is a publicly available, comprehensive resource for anticarbohydrate antibodies, their applications, availability, and quality

Monoclonal antibodies have transformed biomedical research and clinical care. In basic research, these proteins are used widely for a myriad of applications, such as monitoring/detecting expression of biomolecules in tissue samples, activating or antagonizing various biological pathways, and purifying antigens. To illustrate the magnitude and importance of the antibody reagent market, one commercial supplier sells over 50 000 unique monoclonal antibody clones. In a clinical setting, antibodies are used frequently as therapeutic agents and for diagnostic applications. As a result, monoclonal antibodies are a multibillion dollar industry, with antibody therapeutics estimated at greater than $40 billion annually, diagnostics at roughly $8 billion annually, and antibody reagents at $2 billion annually as of 2012

Perspectives on Anti-Glycan Antibodies Gleaned from Development of a Community Resource Database

Chemical Biology Laboratory, Center for Cancer Research, National Cancer Institute, Frederick, Maryland 21702, United States
ACS Chem. Biol., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acschembio.6b00244
Publication Date (Web): May 25, 2016
Copyright © 2016 American Chemical Society

ACS Editors’ Choice – This is an open access article published under an ACS AuthorChoice License, which permits copying and redistribution of the article or any adaptations for non-commercial purposes.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/acschembio.6b00244

 

 

Jeffrey C. Gildersleeve, Ph.D.

Senior Investigator
Head, Chemical Glycobiology Section

The Gildersleeve group works at the interface of chemistry, glycobiology, and immunology. We use chemical approaches to 1) aid the design and development of cancer and HIV vaccines, 2) identify clinically useful biomarkers, and 3) better understand the roles of carbohydrates in cancer and HIV immunology. To facilitate these studies, we have developed a glycan microarray that allows high-throughput profiling of serum anti-glycan antibody populations.

Link to additional information about Dr. Gildersleeve’s research.

Areas of Expertise

1) glycan array technology, 2) cancer biomarkers, 3) cancer vaccines, 4) synthesis of carbohydrate antigens

Contact Info

Jeffrey C. Gildersleeve, Ph.D.
Center for Cancer Research
National Cancer Institute
Building 376, Room 208
Frederick, MD 21702-1201
Ph: 301-846-5699
gildersj@mail.nih.gov (link sends e-mail)

The Gildersleeve group works at the interface of chemistry, glycobiology, and immunology. We use chemical approaches to 1) aid the design and development of cancer and HIV vaccines, 2) identify clinically useful biomarkers, and 3) better understand the roles of carbohydrates in cancer and HIV immunology. To facilitate these studies, we have developed a glycan microarray that allows high-throughput profiling of serum anti-glycan antibody populations. A number of other groups have also developed glycan arrays; our array is unique in that we use multivalent neoglycoproteins as our array components. This format allows us to readily translate array results to other applications and affords novel approaches to vary glycan presentation.

The main focus of our current and future research is to study the roles of anti-glycan antibodies in the development, progression, and treatment of cancer. These projects are shedding new light on how cancer vaccines work and are uncovering new biomarkers for the early detection, diagnosis, and prognosis of cancer. In particular, we are studying immune responses induced by PROSTVAC-VF, a cancer vaccine in Phase III clinical trials for the treatment of advanced prostate cancer. In addition, we are identifying biomarkers for the early detection and prognosis of ovarian and lung cancer. These projects are highly collaborative in nature and are focused on translating basic research from the bench to the clinic. We rely heavily on glycan array technology to study immune responses to carbohydrates, and we continually strive to improve this technology. First, carbohydrate-protein interactions often involve formation of multivalent complexes. Therefore, presentation is a key feature of recognition. We have developed several new approaches to vary carbohydrate presentation on the surface of the array, including methods to vary glycan density and neoglycoprotein density. Second, we use synthetic organic chemistry to obtain a diverse set of tumor-associated carbohydrates and glycopeptides to populate our array.

Collaborations and Carbohydrate Microarray Screening. We are frequently asked to screen lectins, antibodies, and other entities on our array. Although we are not a core facility and do not provide screening services per se, we are happy to collaborate on many projects. Please contact Jeff Gildersleeve for more details.

Scientific Focus Areas:

Chemical Biology, Immunology

CBL's Eric Sterner wins NIH FARE Award

a small clip

CBL’s Eric Sterner wins NIH FARE Award

Dr. Eric Sterner, a postdoctoral CRTA Fellow in the Gilderlseeve Lab was presented with a FARE award for his abstract entitled, “Profiling Mutational Significance in Germline-to-Affinity Mature 3F8 Variants” in the NIH-wide FARE 2016 competition. This award is given to abstracts that are deemed outstanding based on scientific merit, originality, experimental design and overall quality and presentation. FARE 2016 is sponsored by the NIH Scientific Directors, the Office of Intramural Training & Education and FelCom. The FARE 2016 Award is a $1000 travel grant to attend and present this work at a scientific meeting within the United States.

 

Natalie Flanagan

Natalie Flanagan

Postbaccalaureate Fellow – Cancer Research Training Award (CRTA) at National Cancer Institute (NCI)

https://www.linkedin.com/in/natalie-flanagan-602a98109

Experience

Organic Chemistry Lab TA

University of Maryland

September 2014 – May 2015 (9 months)College Park, Maryland

– Ran on section of the Organic Chemistry I laboratory course for two semesters
– Worked with students in a laboratory setting and office hours to help them understand course materials and experimental procedures
– Worked with professors and other TAs to help develop and grade examinations

Summer Intern

Pfizer

June 2013 – August 2013 (3 months)Groton, Connecticut

– Used protein crystallization to research ligand binding in a protein kinase system
– Learned a variety of laboratory techniques, including: expression and purification of proteins, and various protein crystallization techniques
– Gained a basic knowledge for how to interpret electron density maps used in three-dimensional protein structure determination
– Presented my research project at an internal poster presentation

 

//////////Anti-Glycan Antibodies,  Gleaned,  Community Resource Database



Filed under: ANTIBODIES, Uncategorized Tagged: Anti-Glycan Antibodies, Gleaned, Community Resource Database

DR ANTHONY’S ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL HITS 4 LAKH VIEWS

$
0
0

str1

ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL HITS 4 LAKH VIEWS

LINK https://orgspectroscopyint.blogspot.in/

SEE SNAPSHOT

str1

ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL

Organic Chemists from Industry and academics to Interact on Spectroscopy Techniques for Organic Compounds ie NMR, MASS, IR, UV Etc. Starters, Learners, advanced, all alike, contains content which is basic or advanced, by Dr Anthony Melvin Crasto, Worlddrugtracker.

An Indian helping millions

9e3e7-new-india-map

MAKING INDIANS FEEL PROUD

//////


Filed under: Anthony crasto, BLOGS Tagged: ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL

Genistein

$
0
0

Genistein.svg

Genistein

5,7-Dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-1-benzopyran-4-one; Baichanin A; Bonistein; 4’,5,7-Trihydroxyisoflavone; GeniVida; Genisteol; NSC 36586; Prunetol; Sophoricol;

CAS Number: 446-72-0
 BIO-300; G-2535; PTI-G-4660; SIPI-9764-I; PTIG-4660; SIPI-9764I
Molecular form.: C₁₅H₁₀O₅
Appearance: Light Tan to Light Yellow Solid
Melting Point: >277°C (dec.)
Mol. Weight: 270.24

Genistein , an isoflavone found in many Fabaceae plants and important non-nutritional constituent of soybeans (Glycine max Merill), is a well-known plant metabolite from phenylpropanoid pathway, chiefly because of its presence in numerous phytoestrogenic dietary supplements. In fact, the compound also strives for higher medicinal status, undergoing dozens of clinical trials for various ailments, from osteoporosis to cancer

IR (KBr, cm–1; inter alia): 3411, 3104, 1651, 1615, 1570, 1519, 1504, 1424, 1361, 1309, 1202, 1179, 1145, 1043, 911, 840, 790.
1H NMR (200 MHz, THF-d8), δ (ppm): 6.17 (d, J = 2,2 Hz, 1H); 6.26 (d, J = 2,2 Hz, 1H); 6.78 (m, 2H); 7.41 (m, 2H); 8.02 (s, 1H); 8.50 (bs, 1H); 9.34 (bs, 1H); 13.02 (s, 1H).
13C NMR (THF-d8), δ (ppm): 94.13; 99.73; 106.20; 115.82; 122.95; 124.17; 130.84; 153.78; 158.73; 159.08; 164.24; 165.16; 181.46.
 

An EGFR/DNA topoisomerase II inhibitor potentially for the treatment of bladder cancer and prostate cancer.

NMR

Genistein; CAS: 446-72-0

REF http://www.wangfei.ac.cn/nmrspectra/7/1/30

SEE https://www.google.com/patents/EP2373326A1?cl=en

Genistein is an angiogenesis inhibitor and a phytoestrogen and belongs to the category of isoflavones. Genistein was first isolated in 1899 from the dyer’s broom, Genista tinctoria; hence, the chemical name. The compound structure was established in 1926, when it was found to be identical with prunetol. It was chemically synthesized in 1928.[1]

Natural occurrences

Isoflavones such as genistein and daidzein are found in a number of plants including lupin, fava beans, soybeans, kudzu, andpsoralea being the primary food source,[2][3] also in the medicinal plants, Flemingia vestita[4] and F. macrophylla,[5][6] and coffee.[7] It can also be found in Maackia amurensis cell cultures.[8]

Extraction and purification

Most of the isoflavones in plants are present in a glycosylated form. The unglycosylated aglycones can be obtained through various means such as treatment with the enzyme β-glucosidase, acid treatment of soybeans followed by solvent extraction, or by chemical synthesis.[9] Acid treatment is a harsh method as concentrated inorganic acids are used. Both enzyme treatment and chemical synthesis are costly. A more economical process consisting of fermentation for in situ production of β-glucosidase to isolate genistein has been recently investigated.[10]

 

Biological effects

Besides functioning as antioxidant and anthelmintic, many isoflavones have been shown to interact with animal and human estrogen receptors, causing effects in the body similar to those caused by the hormone estrogen. Isoflavones also produce non-hormonal effects.

Molecular function

Genistein influences multiple biochemical functions in living cells:

Activation of PPARs

Isoflavones genistein and daidzein bind to and transactivate all three PPAR isoforms, α, δ, and γ.[18] For example, membrane-bound PPARγ-binding assay showed that genistein can directly interact with the PPARγ ligand binding domain and has a measurable Ki of 5.7 mM.[19] Gene reporter assays showed that genistein at concentrations between 1 and 100 uM activated PPARs in a dose dependent way in KS483 mesenchymal progenitor cells, breast cancer MCF-7 cells, T47D cells and MDA-MD-231 cells, murine macrophage-like RAW 264.7 cells, endothelial cells and in Hela cells. Several studies have shown that both ERs and PPARs influenced each other and therefore induce differential effects in a dose-dependent way. The final biological effects of genistein are determined by the balance among these pleiotrophic actions.[18][20][21]

Tyrosine kinase inhibitor

The main known activity of genistein is tyrosine kinase inhibitor, mostly of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR). Tyrosine kinases are less widespread than their ser/thr counterparts but implicated in almost all cell growth and proliferation signal cascades.

Redox-active — not only antioxidant

Genistein may act as direct antioxidant, similar to many other isoflavones, and thus may alleviate damaging effects of free radicals in tissues.[22][23]

The same molecule of genistein, similar to many other isoflavones, by generation of free radicals poison topoisomerase II, an enzyme important for maintaining DNA stability.[24][25][26]

Human cells turn on beneficial, detoxyfying Nrf2 factor in response to genistein insult. This pathway may be responsible for observed health maintaining properities of small doses of genistein.[27]

Anthelmintic

The root-tuber peel extract of the leguminous plant Felmingia vestita is the traditional anthelmitic of the Khasi tribes of India. While investigating its anthelmintic activity, genistein was found to be the major isoflavone responsible for the deworming property.[4][28] Genistein was subsequently demonstrated to be highly effective against intestinal parasitessuch as the poultry cestode Raillietina echinobothrida,[28] the pork trematode Fasciolopsis buski,[29] and the sheep liver fluke Fasciola hepatica.[30] It exerts its anthelmintic activity by inhibiting the enzymes of glycolysis and glycogenolysis,[31][32] and disturbing the Ca2+ homeostasis and NO activity in the parasites.[33][34] It has also been investigated inhuman tapeworms such as Echinococcus multilocularis and E. granulosus metacestodes that genistein and its derivatives, Rm6423 and Rm6426, are potent cestocides.[35]

Atherosclerosis

Genistein protects against pro-inflammatory factor-induced vascular endothelial barrier dysfunction and inhibits leukocyteendothelium interaction, thereby modulating vascular inflammation, a major event in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis.[36]

Cancer links

Genistein and other isoflavones have been identified as angiogenesis inhibitors, and found to inhibit the uncontrolled cell growth of cancer, most likely by inhibiting the activity of substances in the body that regulate cell division and cell survival (growth factors). Various studies have found that moderate doses of genistein have inhibitory effects on cancersof the prostate,[37][38] cervix,[39] brain,[40] breast[37][41][42] and colon.[16] It has also been shown that genistein makes some cells more sensitive to radio-therapy.;[43] although, timing of phytoestrogen use is also important. [43]

Genistein’s chief method of activity is as a tyrosine kinase inhibitor. Tyrosine kinases are less widespread than their ser/thr counterparts but implicated in almost all cell growth and proliferation signal cascades. Inhibition of DNA topoisomerase II also plays an important role in the cytotoxic activity of genistein.[25][44] Genistein has been used to selectively target pre B-cells via conjugation with an anti-CD19 antibody.[45]

Studies on rodents have found genistein to be useful in the treatment of leukemia, and that it can be used in combination with certain other antileukemic drugs to improve their efficacy.[46]

Estrogen receptor — more cancer links

Due to its structure similarity to 17β-estradiol (estrogen), genistein can compete with it and bind to estrogen receptors. However, genistein shows much higher affinity towardestrogen receptor β than toward estrogen receptor α.[47]

Data from in vitro and in vivo research confirms that genistein can increase rate of growth of some ER expressing breast cancers. Genistein was found to increase the rate of proliferation of estrogen-dependent breast cancer when not cotreated with an estrogen antagonist.[48][49][50] It was also found to decrease efficiency of tamoxifen and letrozole – drugs commonly used in breast cancer therapy.[51][52] Genistein was found to inhibit immune response towards cancer cells allowing their survival.[53]

Effects in males

Isoflavones can act like estrogen, stimulating development and maintenance of female characteristics, or they can block cells from using cousins of estrogen. In vitro studies have shown genistein to induce apoptosis of testicular cells at certain levels, thus raising concerns about effects it could have on male fertility;[54] however, a recent study found that isoflavones had “no observable effect on endocrine measurements, testicular volume or semen parameters over the study period.” in healthy males given isoflavone supplements daily over a 2-month period.[55]

Carcinogenic and toxic potential

Genistein was, among other flavonoids, found to be a strong topoisomerase inhibitor, similarly to some chemotherapeutic anticancer drugs ex. etoposide and doxorubicin.[24][56]In high doses it was found to be strongly toxic to normal cells.[57] This effect may be responsible for both anticarcinogenic and carcinogenic potential of the substance.[26][58] It was found to deteriorate DNA of cultured blood stem cells, what may lead to leukemia.[59] Genistein among other flavonoids is suspected to increase risk of infant leukemia when consumed during pregnancy.[60][61]

Sanfilippo syndrome treatment

Genistein decreases pathological accumulation of glycosaminoglycans in Sanfilippo syndrome. In vitro animal studies and clinical experiments suggest that the symptoms of the disease may be alleviated by adequate dose of genistein.[62] Genistein was found to also possess toxic properties toward brain cells.[57] Among many pathways stimulated by genistein, autophagy may explain the observed efficiency of the substance as autophagy is significantly impaired in the disease.[63][64]

Related compounds

Glycosides

Genistin is the 7-O-beta-D-glucoside of genistein.

Acetylated compounds

Wighteone is the 6-isopentenyl genistein (6-prenyl-5,7,4′-trihydroxyisoflavone)[citation needed]

Pharmaceutical derivatives

  • KBU2046 under investigation for prostate cancer.[65][66]
  • B43-genistein, an anti-CD19 antibody linked to genistein e.g. for leukemia.[67]
  • Genistein has two known synthesis routes: deoxybenzoin route and chalcone route. Deoxybenzoin route uses friedel-craft reaction, and chalcone route uses aldol condensation as shown in figure 2. Developing synthesis of genistein allows the access to the affordable therapy as well as mass production of commercial genistein supplements. However, it would be recommended to consult with the health care provider and discuss the pros and cons before the use since the effects of genistein on human body are not fully understood yet as discussed above.


MEDIUM_10555_2010_9238_Fig2_HTML.jpg
Figure 2. Synthesis of genistein via deoxybenzoin route or chalcone route. 10

https://chemprojects263sp11.wikispaces.com/genistein

Paper

Identification of Benzopyran-4-one Derivatives (Isoflavones) as Positive Modulators of GABAA Receptors
ChemMedChem (2011), 6, (8), 1340-1346

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/cmdc.201100120/abstract

 

PATENT

By Achmatowicz, Osman et al

From Pol., 204473

STR1

 

References

  1.  Walter, E. D. (1941). “Genistin (an Isoflavone Glucoside) and its Aglucone, Genistein, from Soybeans”. Journal of the American Chemical Society 63 (12): 3273–76.doi:10.1021/ja01857a013.
  2.  Coward, Lori; Barnes, Neil C.; Setchell, Kenneth D. R.; Barnes, Stephen (1993). “Genistein, daidzein, and their β-glycoside conjugates: Antitumor isoflavones in soybean foods from American and Asian diets”. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 41 (11): 1961–7. doi:10.1021/jf00035a027.
  3. Jump up^ Kaufman, Peter B.; Duke, James A.; Brielmann, Harry; Boik, John; Hoyt, James E. (1997). “A Comparative Survey of Leguminous Plants as Sources of the Isoflavones, Genistein and Daidzein: Implications for Human Nutrition and Health”. The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 3 (1): 7–12. doi:10.1089/acm.1997.3.7.PMID 9395689.
  4. ^ Jump up to:a b Rao, H. S. P.; Reddy, K. S. (1991). “Isoflavones from Flemingia vestita“. Fitoterapia62 (5): 458.
  5. Jump up^ Rao, K.Nageswara; Srimannarayana, G. (1983). “Fleminone, a flavanone from the stems of Flemingia macrophylla“. Phytochemistry 22 (10): 2287–90. doi:10.1016/S0031-9422(00)80163-6.
  6. Jump up^ Wang, Bor-Sen; Juang, Lih-Jeng; Yang, Jeng-Jer; Chen, Li-Ying; Tai, Huo-Mu; Huang, Ming-Hsing (2012). “Antioxidant and Antityrosinase Activity of Flemingia macrophylla andGlycine tomentella Roots”. Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine 2012: 1–7. doi:10.1155/2012/431081. PMID 22997529.
  7. Jump up^ Alves, Rita C.; Almeida, Ivone M. C.; Casal, Susana; Oliveira, M. Beatriz P. P. (2010). “Isoflavones in Coffee: Influence of Species, Roast Degree, and Brewing Method”. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 58 (5): 3002–7. doi:10.1021/jf9039205.PMID 20131840.
  8. Jump up^ Fedoreyev, S.A; Pokushalova, T.V; Veselova, M.V; Glebko, L.I; Kulesh, N.I; Muzarok, T.I; Seletskaya, L.D; Bulgakov, V.P; Zhuravlev, Yu.N (2000). “Isoflavonoid production by callus cultures of Maackia amurensis”. Fitoterapia 71 (4): 365–72. doi:10.1016/S0367-326X(00)00129-5. PMID 10925005.
  9. Jump up^ Prakash, Om; Saini, Neena; Tanwar, Madan P.; Moriarty, Robert M. (1995). “Hypervalent iodine in organic synthesis: α-functionalization of carbonyl compounds”. Contemporary Organic Synthesis 2 (2): 121–31. doi:10.1039/CO9950200121.
  10. Jump up^ Patravale, VB; Pandit, NT (2011). “Design and optimization of a novel method for extraction of genistein”. Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 73 (2): 184–92.doi:10.4103/0250-474x.91583. PMC 3267303. PMID 22303062.
  11. Jump up^ Patisaul, Heather B.; Melby, Melissa; Whitten, Patricia L.; Young, Larry J. (2002). “Genistein Affects ERβ- But Not ERα-Dependent Gene Expression in the Hypothalamus”.Endocrinology 143 (6): 2189–2197. doi:10.1210/endo.143.6.8843. ISSN 0013-7227.
  12. Jump up^ Green, Sarah E (2015), In Vitro Comparison of Estrogenic Activities of Popular Women’s Health Botanicals
  13. Jump up^ Prossnitz, Eric R.; Barton, Matthias (2014). “Estrogen biology: New insights into GPER function and clinical opportunities”. Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology 389 (1-2): 71–83.doi:10.1016/j.mce.2014.02.002. ISSN 0303-7207.
  14. Jump up^ Gossner, G; Choi, M; Tan, L; Fogoros, S; Griffith, K; Kuenker, M; Liu, J (2007). “Genistein-induced apoptosis and autophagocytosis in ovarian cancer cells”. Gynecologic Oncology 105 (1): 23–30. doi:10.1016/j.ygyno.2006.11.009. PMID 17234261.
  15. Jump up^ Singletary, K.; Milner, J. (2008). “Diet, Autophagy, and Cancer: A Review”. Cancer Epidemiology Biomarkers & Prevention 17 (7): 1596–610. doi:10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-07-2917. PMID 18628411.
  16. ^ Jump up to:a b Nakamura, Yoshitaka; Yogosawa, Shingo; Izutani, Yasuyuki; Watanabe, Hirotsuna; Otsuji, Eigo; Sakai, Tosiyuki (2009). “A combination of indol-3-carbinol and genistein synergistically induces apoptosis in human colon cancer HT-29 cells by inhibiting Akt phosphorylation and progression of autophagy”. Molecular Cancer 8: 100.doi:10.1186/1476-4598-8-100. PMC 2784428. PMID 19909554.
  17. Jump up^ Fang, Mingzhu; Chen, Dapeng; Yang, Chung S. (January 2007). “Dietary polyphenols may affect DNA methylation”. The Journal of Nutrition 137 (1 Suppl): 223S–228S.PMID 17182830.
  18. ^ Jump up to:a b Wang, Limei; Waltenberger, Birgit; Pferschy-Wenzig, Eva-Maria; Blunder, Martina; Liu, Xin; Malainer, Clemens; Blazevic, Tina; Schwaiger, Stefan; Rollinger, Judith M.; Heiss, Elke H.; Schuster, Daniela; Kopp, Brigitte; Bauer, Rudolf; Stuppner, Hermann; Dirsch, Verena M.; Atanasov, Atanas G. (2014). “Natural product agonists of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPARγ): A review”. Biochemical Pharmacology 92: 73–89. doi:10.1016/j.bcp.2014.07.018. PMC 4212005. PMID 25083916.
  19. Jump up^ Dang, Zhi-Chao; Audinot, Valérie; Papapoulos, Socrates E.; Boutin, Jean A.; Löwik, Clemens W. G. M. (2002). “Peroxisome Proliferator-activated Receptor γ (PPARγ) as a Molecular Target for the Soy Phytoestrogen Genistein”. Journal of Biological Chemistry 278(2): 962–7. doi:10.1074/jbc.M209483200. PMID 12421816.
  20. Jump up^ Dang, Zhi Chao; Lowik, Clemens (2005). “Dose-dependent effects of phytoestrogens on bone”. Trends in Endocrinology and Metabolism 16 (5): 207–13.doi:10.1016/j.tem.2005.05.001. PMID 15922618.
  21. Jump up^ Dang, Z. C. (2009). “Dose-dependent effects of soy phyto-oestrogen genistein on adipocytes: Mechanisms of action”. Obesity Reviews 10 (3): 342–9. doi:10.1111/j.1467-789X.2008.00554.x. PMID 19207876.
  22. Jump up^ Han, Rui-Min; Tian, Yu-Xi; Liu, Yin; Chen, Chang-Hui; Ai, Xi-Cheng; Zhang, Jian-Ping; Skibsted, Leif H. (2009). “Comparison of Flavonoids and Isoflavonoids as Antioxidants”.Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 57 (9): 3780–5. doi:10.1021/jf803850p.PMID 19296660.
  23. Jump up^ Borrás, Consuelo; Gambini, Juan; López-Grueso, Raúl; Pallardó, Federico V.; Viña, Jose (2010). “Direct antioxidant and protective effect of estradiol on isolated mitochondria”.Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1802 (1): 205–11. doi:10.1016/j.bbadis.2009.09.007.PMID 19751829.
  24. ^ Jump up to:a b Bandele, Omari J.; Osheroff, Neil (2007). “Bioflavonoids as Poisons of Human Topoisomerase IIα and IIβ”. Biochemistry 46 (20): 6097–108. doi:10.1021/bi7000664.PMC 2893030. PMID 17458941.
  25. ^ Jump up to:a b Markovits, Judith; Linassier, Claude; Fossé, Philippe; Couprie, Jeanine; Pierre, Josiane; Jacquemin-Sablon, Alain; Saucier, Jean-Marie; Le Pecq, Jean-Bernard; Larsen, Annette K. (September 1989). “Inhibitory effects of the tyrosine kinase inhibitor genistein on mammalian DNA topoisomerase II”. Cancer Research 49 (18): 5111–7.PMID 2548712.
  26. ^ Jump up to:a b López-Lázaro, Miguel; Willmore, Elaine; Austin, Caroline A. (2007). “Cells Lacking DNA Topoisomerase IIβ are Resistant to Genistein”. Journal of Natural Products 70 (5): 763–7. doi:10.1021/np060609z. PMID 17411092.
  27. Jump up^ Mann, Giovanni E; Bonacasa, Barbara; Ishii, Tetsuro; Siow, Richard CM (2009). “Targeting the redox sensitive Nrf2–Keap1 defense pathway in cardiovascular disease: Protection afforded by dietary isoflavones”. Current Opinion in Pharmacology 9 (2): 139–45. doi:10.1016/j.coph.2008.12.012. PMID 19157984.
  28. ^ Jump up to:a b Tandon, V.; Pal, P.; Roy, B.; Rao, H. S. P.; Reddy, K. S. (1997). “In vitro anthelmintic activity of root-tuber extract of Flemingia vestita, an indigenous plant in Shillong, India”. Parasitology Research 83 (5): 492–8. doi:10.1007/s004360050286.PMID 9197399.
  29. Jump up^ Kar, Pradip K; Tandon, Veena; Saha, Nirmalendu (2002). “Anthelmintic efficacy ofFlemingia vestita: Genistein-induced effect on the activity of nitric oxide synthase and nitric oxide in the trematode parasite, Fasciolopsis buski“. Parasitology International 51 (3): 249–57. doi:10.1016/S1383-5769(02)00032-6. PMID 12243779.
  30. Jump up^ Toner, E.; Brennan, G. P.; Wells, K.; McGeown, J. G.; Fairweather, I. (2008). “Physiological and morphological effects of genistein against the liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica“. Parasitology 135 (10): 1189–203. doi:10.1017/S0031182008004630.PMID 18771609.
  31. Jump up^ Tandon, Veena; Das, Bidyadhar; Saha, Nirmalendu (2003). “Anthelmintic efficacy ofFlemingia vestita (Fabaceae): Effect of genistein on glycogen metabolism in the cestode,Raillietina echinobothrida“. Parasitology International 52 (2): 179–86. doi:10.1016/S1383-5769(03)00006-0. PMID 12798931.
  32. Jump up^ Das, B.; Tandon, V.; Saha, N. (2004). “Anthelmintic efficacy of Flemingia vestita(Fabaceae): Alteration in the activities of some glycolytic enzymes in the cestode,Raillietina echinobothrida“. Parasitology Research 93 (4): 253–61. doi:10.1007/s00436-004-1122-8. PMID 15138892.
  33. Jump up^ Das, Bidyadhar; Tandon, Veena; Saha, Nirmalendu (2006). “Effect of isoflavone from Flemingia vestita (Fabaceae) on the Ca2+ homeostasis in Raillietina echinobothrida, the cestode of domestic fowl”. Parasitology International 55 (1): 17–21.doi:10.1016/j.parint.2005.08.002. PMID 16198617.
  34. Jump up^ Das, Bidyadhar; Tandon, Veena; Lyndem, Larisha M.; Gray, Alexander I.; Ferro, Valerie A. (2009). “Phytochemicals from Flemingia vestita (Fabaceae) and Stephania glabra(Menispermeaceae) alter cGMP concentration in the cestode Raillietina echinobothrida“.Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology Part C: Toxicology & Pharmacology 149 (3): 397–403. doi:10.1016/j.cbpc.2008.09.012. PMID 18854226.
  35. Jump up^ Naguleswaran, Arunasalam; Spicher, Martin; Vonlaufen, Nathalie; Ortega-Mora, Luis M.; Torgerson, Paul; Gottstein, Bruno; Hemphill, Andrew (2006). “In Vitro Metacestodicidal Activities of Genistein and Other Isoflavones against Echinococcus multilocularis andEchinococcus granulosus. Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 50 (11): 3770–8.doi:10.1128/AAC.00578-06. PMC 1635224. PMID 16954323.
  36. Jump up^ Si, Hongwei; Liu, Dongmin; Si, Hongwei; Liu, Dongmin (2007). “Phytochemical Genistein in the Regulation of Vascular Function: New Insights”. Current Medicinal Chemistry 14(24): 2581–9. doi:10.2174/092986707782023325. PMID 17979711.
  37. ^ Jump up to:a b Morito, Keiko; Hirose, Toshiharu; Kinjo, Junei; Hirakawa, Tomoki; Okawa, Masafumi; Nohara, Toshihiro; Ogawa, Sumito; Inoue, Satoshi; Muramatsu, Masami; Masamune, Yukito (2001). “Interaction of Phytoestrogens with Estrogen Receptors α and β”. Biological & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 24 (4): 351–6. doi:10.1248/bpb.24.351. PMID 11305594.
  38. Jump up^ Hwang, Ye Won; Kim, Soo Young; Jee, Sun Ha; Kim, Youn Nam; Nam, Chung Mo (2009). “Soy Food Consumption and Risk of Prostate Cancer: A Meta-Analysis of Observational Studies”. Nutrition and Cancer 61 (5): 598–606.doi:10.1080/01635580902825639. PMID 19838933.
  39. Jump up^ Kim, Su-Hyeon; Kim, Su-Hyeong; Kim, Yong-Beom; Jeon, Yong-Tark; Lee, Sang-Chul; Song, Yong-Sang (2009). “Genistein Inhibits Cell Growth by Modulating Various Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases and AKT in Cervical Cancer Cells”. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 1171: 495–500. Bibcode:2009NYASA1171..495K.doi:10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04899.x. PMID 19723095.
  40. Jump up^ Das, Arabinda; Banik, Naren L.; Ray, Swapan K. (2009). “Flavonoids activated caspases for apoptosis in human glioblastoma T98G and U87MG cells but not in human normal astrocytes”. Cancer 116 (1): 164–76. doi:10.1002/cncr.24699. PMC 3159962.PMID 19894226.
  41. Jump up^ Sakamoto, Takako; Horiguchi, Hyogo; Oguma, Etsuko; Kayama, Fujio (2010). “Effects of diverse dietary phytoestrogens on cell growth, cell cycle and apoptosis in estrogen-receptor-positive breast cancer cells”. The Journal of Nutritional Biochemistry 21 (9): 856–64. doi:10.1016/j.jnutbio.2009.06.010. PMID 19800779.
  42. Jump up^ de Lemos, Mário L (2001). “Effects of Soy Phytoestrogens Genistein and Daidzein on Breast Cancer Growth”. The Annals of Pharmacotherapy 35 (9): 1118–21.doi:10.1345/aph.10257. PMID 11573864.
  43. ^ Jump up to:a b de Assis, Sonia; Hilakivi-Clarke, Leena (2006). “Timing of Dietary Estrogenic Exposures and Breast Cancer Risk”. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 1089: 14–35. Bibcode:2006NYASA1089…14D. doi:10.1196/annals.1386.039.PMID 17261753.
  44. Jump up^ López-Lázaro, Miguel; Willmore, Elaine; Austin, Caroline A. (2007). “Cells Lacking DNA Topoisomerase IIβ are Resistant to Genistein”. Journal of Natural Products 70 (5): 763–7.doi:10.1021/np060609z. PMID 17411092.
  45. Jump up^ Safa, Malek; Foon, Kenneth A.; Oldham, Robert K. (2009). “Drug Immunoconjugates”. In Oldham, Robert K.; Dillman, Robert O. Principles of Cancer Biotherapy (5th ed.). pp. 451–62. doi:10.1007/978-90-481-2289-9_12. ISBN 978-90-481-2277-6.
  46. Jump up^ Raynal, Noël J. M.; Charbonneau, Michel; Momparler, Louise F.; Momparler, Richard L. (2008). “Synergistic Effect of 5-Aza-2′-Deoxycytidine and Genistein in Combination Against Leukemia”. Oncology Research Featuring Preclinical and Clinical Cancer Therapeutics 17(5): 223–30. doi:10.3727/096504008786111356. PMID 18980019.
  47. Jump up^ Kuiper, George G. J. M.; Lemmen, Josephine G.; Carlsson, Bo; Corton, J. Christopher; Safe, Stephen H.; van der Saag, Paul T.; van der Burg, Bart; Gustafsson, Jan-Åke (1998). “Interaction of Estrogenic Chemicals and Phytoestrogens with Estrogen Receptor β”.Endocrinology 139 (10): 4252–63. doi:10.1210/endo.139.10.6216. PMID 9751507.
  48. Jump up^ Ju, Young H.; Allred, Kimberly F.; Allred, Clinton D.; Helferich, William G. (2006). “Genistein stimulates growth of human breast cancer cells in a novel, postmenopausal animal model, with low plasma estradiol concentrations”. Carcinogenesis 27 (6): 1292–9.doi:10.1093/carcin/bgi370. PMID 16537557.
  49. Jump up^ Chen, Wen-Fang; Wong, Man-Sau (2004). “Genistein Enhances Insulin-Like Growth Factor Signaling Pathway in Human Breast Cancer (MCF-7) Cells”. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism 89 (5): 2351–9. doi:10.1210/jc.2003-032065.PMID 15126563.
  50. Jump up^ Yang, Xiaohe; Yang, Shihe; McKimmey, Christine; Liu, Bolin; Edgerton, Susan M.; Bales, Wesley; Archer, Linda T.; Thor, Ann D. (2010). “Genistein induces enhanced growth promotion in ER-positive/erbB-2-overexpressing breast cancers by ER-erbB-2 cross talk and p27/kip1 downregulation”. Carcinogenesis 31 (4): 695–702. doi:10.1093/carcin/bgq007.PMID 20067990.
  51. Jump up^ Helferich, W. G.; Andrade, J. E.; Hoagland, M. S. (2008). “Phytoestrogens and breast cancer: A complex story”. Inflammopharmacology 16 (5): 219–26. doi:10.1007/s10787-008-8020-0. PMID 18815740.
  52. Jump up^ Tonetti, Debra A.; Zhang, Yiyun; Zhao, Huiping; Lim, Sok-Bee; Constantinou, Andreas I. (2007). “The Effect of the Phytoestrogens Genistein, Daidzein, and Equol on the Growth of Tamoxifen-Resistant T47D/PKCα”. Nutrition and Cancer 58 (2): 222–9.doi:10.1080/01635580701328545. PMID 17640169.
  53. Jump up^ Jiang, Xinguo; Patterson, Nicole M.; Ling, Yan; Xie, Jianwei; Helferich, William G.; Shapiro, David J. (2008). “Low Concentrations of the Soy Phytoestrogen Genistein Induce Proteinase Inhibitor 9 and Block Killing of Breast Cancer Cells by Immune Cells”.Endocrinology 149 (11): 5366–73. doi:10.1210/en.2008-0857. PMC 2584580.PMID 18669594.
  54. Jump up^ Kumi-Diaka, James; Rodriguez, Rosanna; Goudaze, Gould (1998). “Influence of genistein (4′,5,7-trihydroxyisoflavone) on the growth and proliferation of testicular cell lines”. Biology of the Cell 90 (4): 349–54. doi:10.1016/S0248-4900(98)80015-4.PMID 9800352.
  55. Jump up^ Mitchell, Julie H.; Cawood, Elizabeth; Kinniburgh, David; Provan, Anne; Collins, Andrew R.; Irvine, D. Stewart (2001). “Effect of a phytoestrogen food supplement on reproductive health in normal males”. Clinical Science 100 (6): 613–8. doi:10.1042/CS20000212.PMID 11352776.
  56. Jump up^ Lutz, Werner K.; Tiedge, Oliver; Lutz, Roman W.; Stopper, Helga (2005). “Different Types of Combination Effects for the Induction of Micronuclei in Mouse Lymphoma Cells by Binary Mixtures of the Genotoxic Agents MMS, MNU, and Genistein”. Toxicological Sciences 86 (2): 318–23. doi:10.1093/toxsci/kfi200. PMID 15901918.
  57. ^ Jump up to:a b Jin, Ying; Wu, Heng; Cohen, Eric M.; Wei, Jianning; Jin, Hong; Prentice, Howard; Wu, Jang-Yen (2007). “Genistein and daidzein induce neurotoxicity at high concentrations in primary rat neuronal cultures”. Journal of Biomedical Science 14 (2): 275–84.doi:10.1007/s11373-006-9142-2. PMID 17245525.
  58. Jump up^ Schmidt, Friederike; Knobbe, Christiane; Frank, Brigitte; Wolburg, Hartwig; Weller, Michael (2008). “The topoisomerase II inhibitor, genistein, induces G2/M arrest and apoptosis in human malignant glioma cell lines”. Oncology Reports 19 (4): 1061–6.doi:10.3892/or.19.4.1061. PMID 18357397.
  59. Jump up^ van Waalwijk van Doorn-Khosrovani, Sahar Barjesteh; Janssen, Jannie; Maas, Lou M.; Godschalk, Roger W. L.; Nijhuis, Jan G.; van Schooten, Frederik J. (2007). “Dietary flavonoids induce MLL translocations in primary human CD34+ cells”. Carcinogenesis 28(8): 1703–9. doi:10.1093/carcin/bgm102. PMID 17468513.
  60. Jump up^ Spector, Logan G.; Xie, Yang; Robison, Leslie L.; Heerema, Nyla A.; Hilden, Joanne M.; Lange, Beverly; Felix, Carolyn A.; Davies, Stella M.; Slavin, Joanne; Potter, John D.; Blair, Cindy K.; Reaman, Gregory H.; Ross, Julie A. (2005). “Maternal Diet and Infant Leukemia: The DNA Topoisomerase II Inhibitor Hypothesis: A Report from the Children’s Oncology Group”. Cancer Epidemiology Biomarkers & Prevention 14 (3): 651–5. doi:10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-04-0602. PMID 15767345.
  61. Jump up^ Azarova, Anna M.; Lin, Ren-Kuo; Tsai, Yuan-Chin; Liu, Leroy F.; Lin, Chao-Po; Lyu, Yi Lisa (2010). “Genistein induces topoisomerase IIbeta- and proteasome-mediated DNA sequence rearrangements: Implications in infant leukemia”. Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 399 (1): 66–71. doi:10.1016/j.bbrc.2010.07.043.PMC 3376163. PMID 20638367.
  62. Jump up^ Piotrowska, Ewa; Jakóbkiewicz-Banecka, Joanna; Barańska, Sylwia; Tylki-Szymańska, Anna; Czartoryska, Barbara; Węgrzyn, Alicja; Węgrzyn, Grzegorz (2006). “Genistein-mediated inhibition of glycosaminoglycan synthesis as a basis for gene expression-targeted isoflavone therapy for mucopolysaccharidoses”. European Journal of Human Genetics 14(7): 846–52. doi:10.1038/sj.ejhg.5201623. PMID 16670689.
  63. Jump up^ Ballabio, A. (2009). “Disease pathogenesis explained by basic science: Lysosomal storage diseases as autophagocytic disorders”. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 47 (Suppl 1): S34–8. doi:10.5414/cpp47034.PMID 20040309.
  64. Jump up^ Settembre, Carmine; Fraldi, Alessandro; Jahreiss, Luca; Spampanato, Carmine; Venturi, Consuelo; Medina, Diego; de Pablo, Raquel; Tacchetti, Carlo; Rubinsztein, David C.; Ballabio, Andrea (2007). “A block of autophagy in lysosomal storage disorders”. Human Molecular Genetics 17 (1): 119–29. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddm289. PMID 17913701.
  65. Jump up^ Xu, Li; Farmer, Rebecca; Huang, Xiaoke; Pavese, Janet; Voll, Eric; Irene, Ogden; Biddle, Margaret; Nibbs, Antoinette; Valsecchi, Matias; Scheidt, Karl; Bergan, Raymond (2010). “Abstract B58: Discovery of a novel drug KBU2046 that inhibits conversion of human prostate cancer to a metastatic phenotype”. Cancer Prevention Research 3 (12 Supplement): B58. doi:10.1158/1940-6207.PREV-10-B58.
  66. Jump up^ “New Drug Stops Spread of Prostate Cancer” (Press release). Northwestern University. April 3, 2012. Retrieved September 27, 2014.
  67. Jump up^ Chen, Chun-Lin; Levine, Alexandra; Rao, Asha; O’Neill, Karen; Messinger, Yoav; Myers, Dorothea E.; Goldman, Frederick; Hurvitz, Carole; Casper, James T.; Uckun, Fatih M. (1999). “Clinical Pharmacokinetics of the CD19 Receptor-Directed Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor B43-Genistein in Patients with B-Lineage Lymphoid Malignancies”. The Journal of Clinical Pharmacology 39 (12): 1248–55. doi:10.1177/00912709922012051. PMID 10586390.

External links

 

 

Abstract Image

Development and scale-up of the synthetic process for genistein preparation are described. The process was designed with consideration for environmental and economical aspects and optimized in a laboratory scale. In a scale up, on every step quantity of the environmentally unfriendly substrates or solvents was reduced without compromising the quality of the final product, and the waste load was significantly diminished. The optimal duration times of the individual stages were determined, and the number of operations was reduced, leading to lowering of energy consumption. Elaborated process secures good yield and quality expected for pharmaceutical substances.

Technical Process for Preparation of Genistein

Pharmaceutical Research Institute, Rydygiera 8, 01-793 Warsaw, Poland
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.5b00425
Publication Date (Web): June 03, 2016
Copyright © 2016 American Chemical Society

 

Genistein
Genistein.svg
Genistein molecule
Names
IUPAC name
5,7-Dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one
Other names
4′,5,7-Trihydroxyisoflavone
Identifiers
446-72-0 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:28088 Yes
ChEMBL ChEMBL44 Yes
ChemSpider 4444448 Yes
DrugBank DB01645 Yes
2826
Jmol 3D model Interactive image
KEGG C06563 Yes
PubChem 5280961
UNII DH2M523P0H Yes
Properties
C15H10O5
Molar mass 270.24 g·mol−1
Except where otherwise noted, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C [77 °F], 100 kPa).

Akiyama, T., et al.: J. Biol. Chem., 262, 5592 (1987), O’Dell, T.J., et al.: Nature, 353, 588 (1991), Aharonovits, O., et al.: Biochim Biophys. Acta, 1112, 181 (1992), Platanias, L.C., et al.: J. Biol. Chem., 267, 24053 (1992), Yoshida, H., et al.: Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1137, 321 (1992), Uckun, F.M., et al.: Science, 267, 886 (1995), Merck Index 12th ed. 4395, Huang, R.Q.; Fang, M.J.; Dillon, G.H., Mol. Brain Res. 67: 177-183 (1999)

 

//////BIO-300,  G-2535,  PTI-G-4660,  SIPI-9764-I,  PTIG-4660,  SIPI-9764I, Genistein, phase 2, national cancer institute

Oc1ccc(cc1)C\3=C\Oc2cc(O)cc(O)c2C/3=O

Supporting Info

 

Start of the Euro 2016


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: GENISTEIN

Temanogrel

$
0
0

ChemSpider 2D Image | temanogrel | C24H28N4O4TEMANOGREL.pngimg

Temanogrel

APD 791

3-methoxy-N-[3-(2-methylpyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)phenyl]benzamide
Benzamide,3-methoxy-N-[3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-
UNII:F42Z27575A
TEMANOGREL; APD791; CHEMBL1084617; UNII-F42Z27575A; 887936-68-7; 3-Methoxy-N-[3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-benzamide;
Molecular Formula: C24H28N4O4
Molecular Weight: 436.50352 g/mol
  • Originator Arena Pharmaceuticals
  • Developer Arena Pharmaceuticals; Ildong Pharmaceutical
  • Class Antithrombotics; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Serotonin 2A receptor inverse agonists

Phase I Arterial thrombosis

Most Recent Events

  • 30 Mar 2016 Arena Pharmaceuticals has patents pending for Temanogrel in 12 regions, including Brazil (Arena Pharmaceuticals 10-K; march 2016)
  • 30 Mar 2016 Arena Pharmaceuticals has patent protection for Temanogrel in 87 regions, including USA, Japan, China, Germany, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, Spain, Canada, Russia, India, Australia and South Korea
  • 01 Mar 2015 Ildong Pharmaceutical initiates enrolment in a phase I trial for Arterial thrombosis in South Korea (NCT02419820)

A 5-HT2A inverse agonist potentially for the reduction of the risk of arterial thrombosis.

APD-791

CAS No. 887936-68-7

ChemSpider 2D Image | Temanogrel hydrochloride | C24H29ClN4O4

Temanogrel hydrochloride

  • Molecular FormulaC24H29ClN4O4
  • Average mass472.965
957466-27-2 CAS
Benzamide, 3-methoxy-N-[3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-, hydrochloride (1:1) [ACD/Index Name]
Temanogrel hydrochloride [USAN]
UNII:5QEY8NZP3T

Temanogrel, also known as APD791, is a highly selective 5-hydroxytryptamine2A receptor inverse agonist under development for the treatment of arterial thrombosis. APD791 displayed high-affinity binding to membranes (K(i) = 4.9 nM) and functional inverse agonism of inositol phosphate accumulation (IC(50) = 5.2 nM) in human embryonic kidney cells stably expressing the human 5-HT(2A) receptor. APD791 was greater than 2000-fold selective for the 5-HT(2A) receptor versus 5-HT(2C) and 5-HT(2B) receptors. APD791 inhibited 5-HT-mediated amplification of ADP-stimulated human and dog platelet aggregation (IC(50) = 8.7 and 23.1 nM, respectively)

Arterial thrombosis is the formation of a blood clot or thrombus inside an artery or arteriole that restricts or blocks the flow of blood and, depending upon location, can result in acute coronary syndrome or stroke. The formation of a thrombus is usually initiated by blood vessel injury, which triggers platelet aggregation and adhesion of platelets to the vessel wall. Treatments aimed at inhibiting platelet aggregation have demonstrated clear clinical benefits in the setting of acute coronary syndrome and stroke. Current antiplatelet therapies include aspirin, which irreversibly inhibits cyclooxygenase (COXa

Abbreviations: COX, cyclooxygenase; ADP, adenosine diphosphate; SAR, structure−activity relationship; hERG, human ether-a-go-go-related gene; CNS, central nervous system; 5-HT, serotonin; AUC, area under the plasma concentration time curve, iv, intravenous; IP, inositol phosphate.

) and results in reduced thromboxane production, clopidogrel and prasugrel, which inhibit platelet adenosine diphosphate (ADP) P2Y12 receptors, and platelet glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor antagonists. Another class of antiplatelet drugs, protease-activated thrombin receptor (PAR-1) antagonists, are also being evaluated in the clinic for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome. The most advanced candidate in this class, N-[(1R,3aR,4aR,6R,8aR,9S,9aS)-9-{2-[5-(3-fluorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl]vinyl}-1-methyl-3-oxoperhydro-naphtho[2,3-c]furan-6-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester (SCH-530348), is currently in phase 3 trials for the prevention of arterial thrombosis.

The 5-HT2A receptor is one of 15 different serotonin receptor subtypes.
 In the cardiovascular system, modulation of 5-HT2A receptors on vascular smooth muscle cells and platelets is thought to play an important role in the regulation of cardiovascular function. Platelets are activated by a variety of agonists such as ADP, thrombin, thromboxane, serotonin, epinephrine, and collagen. Upon platelet activation at the site of blood vessel injury, a number of factors including serotonin (5-HT) are released. Although by itself serotonin is a weak activator of platelet aggregation, in vitro it can amplify aggregation induced by other agonists as mentioned above. Therefore, serotonin released from activated platelets may induce further platelet aggregation and enhance thrombosis.
The 5-HT2A receptor antagonist ketanserin  was shown in clinical studies to reduce early restenosis(7) and decrease myocardial ischemia during coronary balloon angioplasty.(8)However, in another study, ketanserin did not significantly improve clinical outcomes, and the rate of adverse events was higher than that observed in the control group.(9) Some of the adverse events reported in the latter study could be specific to ketanserin and resulted from its lack of 5-HT2A receptor selectivity. Other 5-HT2A antagonists with improved selectivity profiles have shown promise in clinical studies. For example, sarpogrelate  was shown to inhibit restenosis following coronary stenting.

Figure

Figure 1. Serotonin and known 5-HT2A receptor antagonists.

Because the 5-HT2A receptor is expressed both in peripheral tissues and in the central nervous system (CNS), compounds with limited CNS partitioning would be preferred to maximize cardiovascular and blood platelet pharmacological activity while minimizing CNS effects. In addition, because 5-HT2A receptor inverse agonists are thought to reduce thrombus formation via inhibition of serotonin-mediated amplification of platelet aggregation without inhibiting agonist driven aggregation per se, it is possible that this class of inhibitors will have an improved bleeding risk side effect profile compared to what has been observed with other classes of antithrombotic drugs.

SYNTHESIS 

PAPER

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2010), 53(11), 4412-4421.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm100044a

Abstract Image

Serotonin, which is stored in platelets and is released during thrombosis, activates platelets via the 5-HT2A receptor. 5-HT2A receptor inverse agonists thus represent a potential new class of antithrombotic agents. Our medicinal program began with known compounds that displayed binding affinity for the recombinant 5-HT2A receptor, but which had poor activity when tested in human plasma platelet inhibition assays. We herein describe a series of phenyl pyrazole inverse agonists optimized for selectivity, aqueous solubility, antiplatelet activity, low hERG activity, and good pharmacokinetic properties, resulting in the discovery of 10k (APD791). 10k inhibited serotonin-amplified human platelet aggregation with an IC50 = 8.7 nM and had negligible binding affinity for the closely related 5-HT2B and 5-HT2C receptors. 10k was orally bioavailable in rats, dogs, and monkeys and had an acceptable safety profile. As a result, 10k was selected further evaluation and advanced into clinical development as a potential treatment for arterial

Discovery and Structure−Activity Relationship of 3-Methoxy-N-(3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)phenyl)benzamide (APD791): A Highly Selective 5-Hydroxytryptamine2A Receptor Inverse Agonist for the Treatment of Arterial Thrombosis

Arena Pharmaceuticals, 6166 Nancy Ridge Drive, San Diego, California 92121
J. Med. Chem., 2010, 53 (11), pp 4412–4421
DOI: 10.1021/jm100044a
Publication Date (Web): May 10, 2010
Copyright © 2010 American Chemical Society
*To whom correspondence should be addressed. Phone: +1 858-453-7200. Fax: +1 858-453-7210. E-mail:yxiong@arenapharm.com.

3-Methoxy-N-[3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-benzamide (10k)

10k was prepared in a manner similar to that described for 10c, using 9d (120 mg, 0.40 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzoyl chloride (81 mg, 0.48 mmol) to give the TFA salt of 10k as a white solid (88 mg, 51%); mp (HCl salt, recrystallized from iPrOH) 214−216 °C. 1H NMR (acetone-d6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.99−3.21 (m, 2H), 3.22−3.45 (m, 2H), 3.66 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.79−3.89 (m, 4H), 4.58 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.29 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J = 2.5, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80−7.83 (m, 1H), 7.91−7.96 (m, 1H), 9.54 (s, 1H). LCMSm/z = 437.5 [M + H]+.

Additional Information

Oral administration of APD791 to dogs resulted in acute (1-h) and subchronic (10-day) inhibition of 5-HT-mediated amplification of collagen-stimulated platelet aggregation in whole blood. Two active metabolites, APD791-M1 and APD791-M2, were generated upon incubation of APD791 with human liver microsomes and were also indentified in dogs after oral administration of APD791. The affinity and selectivity profiles of both metabolites were similar to APD791. These results demonstrate that APD791 is an orally available, high-affinity 5-HT(2A) receptor antagonist with potent activity on platelets and vascular smooth muscle.(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19628629).

 

PATENT

WO 2006055734

https://google.com/patents/WO2006055734A2?cl=en

Example 1.88: Preparation of 3-methoxy-N-[3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-morpholin~

4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-benzamide (Compound 733).

Figure imgf000151_0002

A mixture of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine (120 mg, 0.40 mmole), 3-methoxy-benzoyl chloride (81 mg, 0.48 mmole), and triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.79 mmole) in 5 mL THF was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The mixture was purified by HPLC to give the title compound as a white solid (TFA salt, 88 mg, 51 %). 1H NMR ( Acetone-^, 400 MHz) 2.99-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.66 (t, J= 4.80 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.89 (m, 4H), 4.58 (t, J= 4.80 Hz, 2H), 6.29 (d, J= 2.02 Hz IH), 7.13 (dd, J= 8.34, 2.53 Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J= 8.84 Hz, IH), 7.42 (t, J= 7.83 Hz, IH), 7.47 (d, J= 1.77 Hz, IH), 7.52 (t, J= 1.77 Hz, IH), 7.56 (d, J= 7.07 Hz, IH), 7.80-7.83 (m, IH), 7.91-7.96 (m, IH), 9.54 (s, NH). Exact mass calculated for C24H28N4O4 436.2, found 437.5 (MH+).

References

1: Xiong Y, Teegarden BR, Choi JS, Strah-Pleynet S, Decaire M, Jayakumar H, Dosa
PI, Casper MD, Pham L, Feichtinger K, Ullman B, Adams J, Yuskin D, Frazer J,
Morgan M, Sadeque A, Chen W, Webb RR, Connolly DT, Semple G, Al-Shamma H.
Discovery and structure-activity relationship of
3-methoxy-N-(3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)phenyl)benzamide
(APD791): a highly selective 5-hydroxytryptamine2A receptor inverse agonist for
the treatment of arterial thrombosis. J Med Chem. 2010 Jun 10;53(11):4412-21.
doi: 10.1021/jm100044a. PubMed PMID: 20455563.

2: Przyklenk K, Frelinger AL 3rd, Linden MD, Whittaker P, Li Y, Barnard MR, Adams
J, Morgan M, Al-Shamma H, Michelson AD. Targeted inhibition of the serotonin
5HT2A receptor improves coronary patency in an in vivo model of recurrent
thrombosis. J Thromb Haemost. 2010 Feb;8(2):331-40. doi:
10.1111/j.1538-7836.2009.03693.x. Epub 2009 Nov 17. PubMed PMID: 19922435; PubMed
Central PMCID: PMC2916638.

3: Adams JW, Ramirez J, Shi Y, Thomsen W, Frazer J, Morgan M, Edwards JE, Chen W,
Teegarden BR, Xiong Y, Al-Shamma H, Behan DP, Connolly DT. APD791,
3-methoxy-n-(3-(1-methyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)phenyl)benzamide,
a novel 5-hydroxytryptamine 2A receptor antagonist: pharmacological profile,
pharmacokinetics, platelet activity and vascular biology. J Pharmacol Exp Ther.
2009 Oct;331(1):96-103. doi: 10.1124/jpet.109.153189. Epub 2009 Jul 23. PubMed
PMID: 19628629.

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2015361031 2015-12-17 STAT3 INHIBITOR
US8785441 2014-07-22 3-phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US2013296321 2013-11-07 CRYSTALLINE FORMS AND PROCESSES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHENYL-PYRAZOLES USEFUL AS MODULATORS OF THE 5-HT2A SEROTONIN RECEPTOR
US2012252813 2012-10-04 CRYSTALLINE FORMS OF CERTAIN 3-PHENYL-PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS MODULATORS OF THE 5-HT2A SEROTONIN RECEPTOR USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED THERETO
US8148417 2012-04-03 PRIMARY AMINES AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS MODULATORS OF THE 5-HT2A SEROTONIN RECEPTOR USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED THERETO
US8148418 2012-04-03 ETHERS, SECONDARY AMINES AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS MODULATORS OF THE 5-HT2A SEROTONIN RECEPTOR USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED THERETO
US2011105456 2011-05-05 3-PHENYL-PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS MODULATORS OF THE 5-HT2A SEROTONIN RECEPTOR USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED THERETO
US7884101 2011-02-08 3-Phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-HT2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US2010234380 2010-09-16 CRYSTALLINE FORMS AND PROCESSES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHENYL-PYRAZOLES USEFUL AS MODULATORS OF THE 5-HT2A SEROTONIN RECEPTOR
US2007244086 2007-10-18 3-Phenyl-Pyrazole Derivatives as Modulators of the 5-Ht2A Serotonin Receptor Useful for the Treatment of Disorders Related Thereto

///////////APD-791 , 887936-68-7, Temanogrel , PHASE 1, ARENA,

CN1C(=CC=N1)C2=C(C=CC(=C2)NC(=O)C3=CC(=CC=C3)OC)OCCN4CCOCC4

C(=O)(c1cc(ccc1)OC)Nc1ccc(c(c1)c1n(ncc1)C)OCCN1CCOCC1


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 887936-68-7, APD 791, ARENA, PHASE1, Temanogrel

TD 1607

$
0
0

STR1

STR1

TD-1607

Phase I

A glycopeptide-cephalosporin heterodimer potentially for the treatment of gram-positive bacterial infection.

CAS No. 827040-07-3

C95 H109 Cl3 N18 O31 S2, 
Molecular Weight, 2169.47
Vancomycin, 29-[[[2-[[6-[[[1-[[(6R,7R)-7-[[(2Z)-2-(2-amino-5-chloro-4-thiazolyl)-2-(methoxyimino)acetyl]amino]-2-carboxy-8-oxo-5-thia-1-azabicyclo[4.2.0]oct-2-en-3-yl]methyl]pyridinium-4-yl]methyl]amino]-1,6-dioxohexyl]amino]ethyl]amino]methyl]-, inner salt
Vancomycin, 29-[[[2-[[6-[[[1-[[(6R,7R)-7-[[(2Z)-(2-amino-5-chloro-4-thiazolyl)(methoxyimino)acetyl]amino]-2-carboxy-8-oxo-5-thia-1-azabicyclo[4.2.0]oct-2-en-3-yl]methyl]pyridinium-4-yl]methyl]amino]-1,6-dioxohexyl]amino]ethyl]amino]methyl]-, inner salt
  • Originator Theravance
  • Developer Theravance Biopharma
  • Class Antibacterials; Cephalosporins; Glycopeptides
  • Mechanism of Action Cell wall inhibitors
    • Phase I Gram-positive infections

    Most Recent Events

    • 21 Apr 2016 Phase I development is ongoing in USA
    • 01 Jul 2014 Theravance completes a phase I trial in Healthy volunteers in in USA (NCT01949103)
    • 02 Jun 2014 Theravance Biopharma is formed as a spin-off of Theravance
    • Company Theravance Biopharma Inc.
      Description Glycopeptide cephalosporin heterodimer antibiotic
      Molecular Target
      Mechanism of Action
      Therapeutic Modality Small molecule: Combination
      Latest Stage of Development Phase I
      Standard Indication Gram-negative bacterial infection
      Indication Details Treat Gram-positive bacterial infections

PATENT
WO 2005005436

The present invention provides novel cross-linked glycopeptide – cephalosporin compounds that are useful as antibiotics. The compounds of this invention have a unique chemical structure in which a glycopeptide group is covalently linked to a pyridinium moiety of a cephalosporin group. Among other properties, compounds of this invention have been found to possess surprising and unexpected potency against Gram-positive bacteria including methicillin-resistant Staphylococci aureus (MRSA). Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula I:

Figure imgf000004_0001
////////Theravance Biopharma, TD 1607, phase 1, glycopeptide-cephalosporin heterodimer ,  gram-positive bacterial infection

Filed under: PHASE1, Uncategorized Tagged: PHASE 1, td 1607, Theravance

GSK-2838232

$
0
0

STR1

Figure imgf000135_0002

GSK-2838232

4-(((3aR,5aR,5bR,7aR,9S,11aR,11bR,13aS)-3a-((R)-2-((3-chlorobenzyl)(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)amino)-1-hydroxyethyl)-1-isopropyl-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-2-oxo-3,3a,4,5,5a,5b,6,7,7a,8,9,10,11,11a,11b,12,13,13a-octadecahydro-2H-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl)oxy)-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid.

28-Norlup-18-en-21-one, 3-(3-carboxy-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)-17-[(1R)-2-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl][2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino]-1-hydroxyethyl]-, (3β)-

Phase I

Glaxosmithkline Llc INNOVATOR

Mark Andrew HATCHER, Brian Alvin Johns,Michael Tolar Martin, Elie Amine TABET, Jun Tang

A reverse transcriptase inhibitor potentially for the treatment of HIV infection.

GSK-2838232; GSK-8232; 2838232

CAS No. 1443460-91-0

C48H73ClN2O6,809.56

SYNTHESIS

PART 1

STR1

PART2

STR1

PART3

STR1

PART 4

STR1

AND UNWANTEDISOMER SHOWN BELOW

PART5

STR1

GSK2838232 is a novel human immune virus (HIV) maturation inhibitor being developed for the treatment of chronic HIV infection. GSK2838232 is a betulin derivative

Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1 ) leads to the contraction of acquired immune deficiency disease (AIDS). The number of cases of HIV continues to rise, and currently over twenty-five million individuals worldwide suffer from the virus. Presently, long-term suppression of viral replication with antiretroviral drugs is the only option for treating HIV-1 infection. Indeed, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has approved twenty-five drugs over six different inhibitor classes, which have been shown to greatly increase patient survival and quality of life.

However, additional therapies are still required because of undesirable drug-drug interactions; drug-food interactions; non-adherence to therapy; and drug resistance due to mutation of the enzyme target.

Currently, almost all HIV positive patients are treated with therapeutic regimens of antiretroviral drug combinations termed, highly active antiretroviral therapy (“HAART”). However, HAART therapies are often complex because a combination of different drugs must be administered often daily to the patient to avoid the rapid emergence of drug-resistant HIV-1 variants. Despite the positive impact of HAART on patient survival, drug resistance can still occur. The emergence of multidrug-resistant HIV-1 isolates has serious clinical consequences and must be suppressed with a new drug regimen, known as salvage therapy.

Current guidelines recommend that salvage therapy includes at least two, and preferably three, fully active drugs. Typically, first-line therapies combine three to four drugs targeting the viral enzymes reverse transcriptase and protease. One option for salvage therapy is to administer different combinations of drugs from the same mechanistic class that remain active against the resistant isolates.

However, the options for this approach are often limited, as resistant mutations frequently confer broad cross-resistance to different drugs in the same class.

Alternative therapeutic strategies have recently become available with the development of fusion, entry, and integrase inhibitors. However, resistance to all three new drug classes has already been reported both in the lab and in patients. Sustained successful treatment of HIV-1 -infected patients with antiretroviral drugs will therefore require the continued development of new and improved drugs with new targets and mechanisms of action.

Presently, long-term suppression of viral replication with antiretroviral drugs is the only option for treating HIV-1 infection. To date, a number of approved drugs have been shown to greatly increase patient survival. However, therapeutic regimens known as highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART) are often complex because a combination of different drugs must be administered to the patient to avoid the rapid emergence of drug-resistant HIV-1 variants. Despite the positive impact of HAART on patient survival, drug resistance can still occur.

The HIV Gag polyprotein precursor (Pr55Gag), which is composed of four protein domains – matrix (MA), capsid (CA), nucleocapsid (NC) and p6 – and two spacer peptides, SP1 and SP2, represents a new therapeutic target. Although the cleavage of the Gag polyprotein plays a central role in the progression of infectious virus particle production, to date, no antiretroviral drug has been approved for this mechanism.

In most cell types, assembly occurs at the plasma membrane, and the

MA domain of Gag mediates membrane binding. Assembly is completed by budding of the immature particle from the cell. Concomitant with particle release, the virally encoded PR cleaves Gag into the four mature protein domains, MA, CA, NC and p6, and the two spacer peptides, SP1 and SP2. Gag-Pol is also cleaved by PR, liberating the viral enzymes PR, RT and IN. Gag proteolytic processing induces a

morphological rearrangement within the particle, known as maturation. Maturation converts the immature, donut-shaped particle to the mature virion, which contains a condensed conical core composed of a CA shell surrounding the viral RNA genome in a complex with NC and the viral enzymes RT and IN. Maturation prepares the virus for infection of a new cell and is absolutely essential for particle infectivity.

Bevirimat (PA-457) is a maturation inhibitor that inhibits the final step in the processing of Gag, the conversion of capsid-SP1 (p25) to capsid, which is required for the formation of infectious viral particles. Bevirimat has activity against ART-resistant and wild-type HIV, and has shown synergy with antiretrovirals from all classes. Bevirimat reduced HIV viral load by a mean of 1.3 logi0/mL in patients who achieved trough levels of >= 20 μg/mL and who did not have any of the key baseline Gag polymorphisms at Q369, V370 or T371. However, Bevirimat users with Gag polymorphisms at Q369, V370 or T371 demonstrated significantly lower load reductions than patients without Gag polymorphisms at these sites.

Other examples of maturation inhibitors can be found in PCT Patent

Application No. WO201 1/100308, “Derivatives of Betulin”; PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2012/024288, “Novel Anti-HIV Compounds and Methods of Use Thereof ; Chinese PCT Application No. PCT/CN201 1/001302, “Carbonyl Derivatives of Betulin”; Chinese PCT Application No. PCT/CN201 1/001303, “Methylene Derivatives of Betulin”; Chinese PCT Application Nos. PCT/CN201 1/002105 and PCT/CN201 1/002159, “Propenoate Derivatives of Betulin”. Maturation inhibitors in the prior art leave open gaps in the areas of polymorphism coverage whereby potency against a broad range of clinically relevant gag sequences is extremely important, along with overall potency including the clinically relevant protein adjusted antiviral activity that will be required for robust efficacy in long term durability trials. To date, no maturation inhibitor has achieved an optimal balance of these properties.

PATENT

WO 2013090664

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2013090664A1?cl=en

Example 17: Compound 50

4-(((3aR, 5aR, 5bR, 7aR, 9S, 11aR, 11bR, 13aS)-3a-((S)-1-Acetoxy-2-((4- chlorobenzyl)amino)ethyl)-1-isopropyl-5a, 5b, 8, 8, 11 a-pentamethyl-2-oxo- 3, 3a, 4, 5, 5a, 5b, 6, 7, 7a, 8,9, 10, 11, 11a, 11b, 12, 13, 13a-octadecahydro-2H- cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl)oxy)-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid

Figure imgf000134_0001

[00241] The title compound was made in a similar manner to Example 16 and isolated as a TFA salt. 1H NMR (400MHz ,CHLOROFORM-d) δ = 7.49 – 7.30 (m, 4 H), 5.85 – 5.71 (m, 1 H), 4.59 – 4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.31 – 4.03 (m, 2 H), 3.41 – 2.79 (m, 4 H), 2.79 – 2.50 (m, 2 H), 2.37 (d, J = 18.1 Hz, 2 H), 2.02 – 0.63 (m, 49 H); LC/MS: m/z calculated 779.5, found 780.3 (M+1 )+.

Figure imgf000135_0001

Example 18: Compound 51

4-(((3aR, 5aR, 5bR, 7aR, 9S, 11aR, 11bR, 13aS)-3a-((R)-2-((4-Chlorobenzyl)(2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)amino)-1-hydroxyethyl)-1-isopropyl-5a,5b,8,8, 11a-pe

2-0X0-3, 3a, 4, 5, 5a, 5b, 6, 7, 7a, 8,9, 10, 11, 11a, 11b, 12, 13, 13a-octadecahydro-2H- cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl)oxy)-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid

Figure imgf000135_0002

[00242] To a solution of 2-(dimethylamino)acetaldehyde, hydrochloride (6.75 g, 54.6 mmol) in methanol (20 ml_) was added 4-

(((3aR,5aR,5bR,7aR,9S, 1 1 aR, 1 1 bR, 13aS)-3a-((R)-2-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-1 – hydroxyethyl)-1 -isopropyl-5a,5b,8,8, 1 1 a-pentamethyl-2-oxo- 3,3a,4,5,5a,5b,6,7,7a,8,9,10,1 1 ,1 1 a,1 1 b,12,13,13a-octadecahydro-2H- cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl)oxy)-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid , Trifluoroacetic acid salt (46) (9.5 g, 10.92 mmol). The pH was adjusted to 7-8 with Et3N. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. Sodium cyanoborohydride (0.686 g, 10.92 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was complete, water (15 ml_) and EtOAc (15 ml_) were added, and then the organic phase was removed and concentrated under reduced presure. The product was extracted with EtOAc (80 ml_x3), the combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM:EtOAc=2: 1 to 1 : 1 , then DCM:MeOH=100: 1 to 20: 1 ) to give 4- (((3aR,5aR,5bR,7aR,9S, 1 1 aR, 1 1 bR, 13aS)-3a-((R)-2-((4-chlorobenzyl)(2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)amino)-1 -hydroxyethyl)-1 -isopropyl-5a,5b,8,8, 1 1 a-pentamethyl- 2-0X0-3, 3a,4, 5, 5a, 5b, 6, 7, 7a, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 1 1 a, 1 1 b, 12, 13, 13a-octadecahydro-2H- cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl)oxy)-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid (51 ) (6 g, 7.41 mmol, 67.9 % yield) as white solid. Multiple batches of this material (were combined 95 g), dissolved in 600 mL of dichloromethane and washed with NaHC03 (400 ml_*3) and the organic phase was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The solids were washed with a mixture of EtOAc: petroleum ether (600 mL), and filtered followed by lyophilization to provide the final title compound 62 g as a white solid. 1H NMR (400MHz ,METHANOL-d4) δ = 7.47 – 7.29 (m, 4 H), 4.48 (dd, J = 5.8, 10.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.15 – 4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (d, J = 13.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.57 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.21 – 2.82 (m, 5 H), 2.72 – 2.41 (m, 9 H), 2.37 – 2.05 (m, 4 H), 2.05 – 0.74 (m, 45 H);

LC/MS: m/z calculated 808.5, found 809.5 (M+1 )+.

Figure imgf000137_0001

REFERENCES

Hatcher, Mark Andrew; Johns, Brian Alvin; Martin, Michael Tolar; Tabet, Elie Amine; Tang, Jun.  Preparation of betulin derivatives for the treatment of HIV, PCT Int. Appl. (2013), WO 2013090664 A1 20130620.

Mark Hatcher

Director, US R&D Policy and Scientific Affairs at GlaxoSmithKline

https://www.linkedin.com/in/mark-hatcher-232b904

Jun Tang

Chief Scientist at GlaxoSmithKline

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jun-tang-2a50629

Brian Johns

Chemistry Director, GlaxoSmithKline

https://www.linkedin.com/in/brian-johns-26a5953

////////GSK-2838232, 1443460-91-0, GSK 2838232,  GSK-8232,  2838232,  treatment of HIV, phase1

O=C(C1)C(C(C)C)=C2[C@@]1([C@@H](O)CN(CCN(C)C)CC3=CC=CC(Cl)=C3)CC[C@]4(C)[C@]2([H])CC[C@@]5([H])[C@@]4(C)CC[C@]6([H])[C@]5(C)CC[C@H](OC(CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=O)C6(C)C


Filed under: PHASE 1, Uncategorized Tagged: GSK-2838232, PHASE 1

GSK-2816126

$
0
0

STR1

GSK-2816126

N-[(1,2-Dihydro-4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-3-methyl-1-[(1S)-1-methylpropyl]-6-[6-(1-piperazinyl)-3-pyridinyl]-1H-indole-4-carboxamide, GSK 126, GSK 2816126, GSK 2816126A

N-[(4,6-Dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-3-methyl-1-((1S)-1-methylpropyl)-6-[6-(1-piperazinyl)-3-pyridinyl]-1H-indole-4-carboxamide

Phase I

Formula
C31H38N6O2
Formula Wt.
526.67

An histone-lysine n-methyltransferase EZH2 inhibitor potentially for the treatment of B-cell lymphoma.

Research Code GSK-2816126; GSK-126; 2816126

CAS No. 1346574-57-9

  • Originator GlaxoSmithKline
  • Class Antineoplastics
  • Mechanism of Action EZH2 enzyme inhibitors; Histone modulators
  • Phase I Diffuse large B cell lymphoma; Follicular lymphoma
  • Preclinical Acute myeloid leukaemia

Most Recent Events

  • 31 Mar 2014 Phase-I clinical trials in Follicular lymphoma (Second-line therapy or greater) in USA and United Kingdom (IV)
  • 31 Mar 2014 Phase-I clinical trials in Diffuse large B cell lymphoma (Second-line therapy or greater) in USA and United Kingdom (IV)
  • 16 Jan 2014 Preclinical trials in Diffuse large B cell lymphoma & Follicular lymphoma in United Kingdom (IV)

GSK-126 is an inhibitor of mutant EZH2, a histone methyltransferase (HMT) that exhibits point mutations at key residues Tyr641 and Ala677; this compound does not appreciably affect WT EZH2. EZH2 is responsible for modulating expression of a variety of genes. GSK-126 competes with cofactor S-adenylmethionine (SAM) for binding to EZH2. GSK-126 displays anticancer chemotherapeutic activity by inhibiting proliferation in in vitro and in vivo models of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma.

SYNTHESIS

STR1

STR1

PATENT

CN 105541801

https://www.google.com/patents/CN105541801A?cl=zh

Example 79: Add (S) in a three-necked flask 100 Qiu – bromo – Shu – (isobutyl) – N – ((4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo -l, 2- dihydropyridin-3-yl) methyl) -3-methyl-1 hydrogen – indole carboxamide (365mg, 0.82mmol), 2- (piperazin-1-yl) pyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (309mg, 1.07mmol, 1 · 3eq), potassium phosphate (522mg, 2.46mmol, 3eq), water, and I, 4- diepoxy-hexadecane as the solvent. Then, under nitrogen was added [I, Γ- bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II) dichloromethane complex (53.9mg, 0.066mmo 1), and at 90 ° C reaction, to give the desired product after purification 400mg (92% yield). Goo NMR (500MHz, DMSO- (I6) JO.70-0 · 78 (ιή, 3H), 1.37-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.16 ( s, 3H), 2.22-2.27 (m, 3H), 2.77-2.85 (m, 4H), 3.41-3.49 (m, 4H), 4.35 (d, J = 5.31Hz, 2H), 4.56-4.68 (m, lH), 5.87 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.84Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d J = 1.52Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, lH), 7.73 (d J = 1.26Hz, 1H) , 7.91 (dd, J = 8.84Hz, lH), 8.16 (t, J = 5.05Hz, lH), 8.50 (d, J = 2.53Hz, lH); 13C NMR (125MHz, DMSO- (I6) Sll .6 , 12.6,19.1, 19.9,21.7,30.4,35.9,46.3,46.9,52.4,107.6,108.2,108.5,110.6,116.9,122.6,123.8, 130.6,131.5,136.7,138.6,143.5,146.4,150.2,159.2,164.0 , 169.6.

PATENT

WO 2013067296

Examples 267 and 268

(S)-6-bromo-1 -(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3- methyl-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide (Ex 267) and (R)-6-Bromo-1 -(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6- dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide (Ex 268)

Figure imgf000120_0001

6-Bromo-1-(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methy methyl-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide (racemic mixture, 1.9 g) was resolved by chiral HPLC (column : Chiralpak AD-H, 5 microns, 50 mm x 250 mm, UV detection :240 nM, flow rate: 100 mL/min, T = 20 deg C, eluent: 60:40:0.1 n-heptane:ethanol:isopropylamine

(isocratic)). For each run, 100 mg of the racemic compound was dissolved in 30 volumes (3.0 ml.) of warm ethanol with a few drops of isopropylamine added. A total of 19 runs were performed. Baseline resolution was observed for each run. The isomer that eluted at 8.3-10.1 min was collected (following concentration) as a white solid, which was dried at 50 °C (< 5 mm Hg) to afford 901 mg, and was determined to be the S isomer* (Ex. 267; chiral HPLC: >99.5% ee (no R isomer detected). The isomer that eluted at 10.8-13.0 min was collected as a white solid, which was dried at 50 °C (< 5 mm Hg) to afford 865 mg, and was determined to be the R isomer* (Ex. 268; chiral HPLC: 99.2% ee; 0.4% S isomer detected). 1H NMR and LCMS were consistent with the parent racemate.

* The absolute configuration was determined by an independent synthesis of each enantiomer from the corresponding commercially available homochiral alcohols via Mitsunobu reaction. The sterochemical assignments were also consistent by vibrational circular dichroism (VCD) analysis.

Example 269

1-(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-6-(6- (piperazin-1 -yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1 -indole-4-carboxamide

Figure imgf000120_0002

Added sequentially to a reaction vial were 6-bromo-1 -(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6-dimethyl- 2-OXO-1 , 2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide (0.15 g, 0.338 mmol), 1-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine (0.127 g, 0.439 mmol), and potassium phosphate (tribasic) (0.287 g, 1.350 mmol), followed by 1 ,4- Dioxane (3 mL) and water (0.75 mL). The suspension was stirred under N2 degassing for 10 min., and then added PdCI2(dppf)-CH2CI2adduct (0.028 g, 0.034 mmol). The reaction vial was sealed, placed into a heat block at 95 °C, and stirred for 1.5 h. The contents were removed from heating and allowed to cool to room temperature. The aq layer was removed from bottom of the reaction vial via pipette. The reaction mixture was diluted into EtOAc (20 mL) followed by addition of 0.2 g each of Thiol-3 silicycle resin and silica gel. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue dried on hi-vac for 1 h. The contents were purified by silica gel chromatography (dry loaded, eluent : A:

Dichloromethane, B: 10% (2M Ammonia in Methanol) in Chloroform, Gradient B: 8- 95%). The obtained solid was concentrated from TBME and dried in vacuum oven at 45 °C for 18 h. The product was collected as 129 mg (70%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.73 (t, J=7.33 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 1.80 (dq, J=10.07, 7.08 Hz, 2H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H), 2.14 – 2.19 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.76 – 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.41 – 3.49 (m, 4H), 4.35 (d, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 4.54 – 4.67 (m, 1 H), 5.87 (s, 1 H), 6.88 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1 H), 1 1.48 (br. s.,1 H) ; LCMS MH+ =527.3.

Example 270

A/-[(4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydro-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-3-methyl-1 -[(1 S)-1 -methylpropyl]-6- [6-(1-piperazinyl)-3-pyridinyl]-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide

Figure imgf000121_0001

To a 30 mL microwave vial were added (S)-6-bromo-1 -(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6- dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.225 mmol), 1 -(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine (85 mg, 0.293 mmol), 1 ,2-Dimethoxyethane (DME) (3 mL), water (1.000 mL) and sodium carbonate (0.338 mL, 0.675 mmol), and the mixture was degassed for 5 min by bubbling nitrogen. PdCI2(dppf)-CH2CI2 adduct (14.70 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was irradiated (microwave) at 140 °C for 10 min. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was taken up into MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was purified using reverse-phase HPLC (eluent: 25%ACN/H20, 0.1 % NH4OH to 60%

ACN/H20, 0.1 % NH4OH ) to give 91 mg of product as off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.70 – 0.78 (m, 3H), 1.37 – 1.44 (m, 3H), 1 .75 – 1.87 (m, 2H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.22 – 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.77 – 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.41 – 3.49 (m, 4H), 4.35 (d, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 4.56 – 4.68 (m, 1 H), 5.87 (s, 1 H), 6.88 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1 H); LCMS: 527.8 (MH+).

Example 271

A/-[(4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydro-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-3-methyl-1 -[(1 /?)-1-methylpropyl]- 6-[6-(1 -piperazinyl)-3-pyridinyl]-1 -indole-4-carboxamide

Figure imgf000122_0001

To a 30 mL microwave vial were added (R)-6-bromo-1-(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6- dimethyl-2-oxo-1 ,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3-methyl-1 H-indole-4-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.225 mmol), 1 -(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine (85 mg, 0.293 mmol), 1 ,2-Dimethoxyethane (DME) (3 mL), water (1.000 mL) and sodium carbonate (0.338 mL, 0.675 mmol), and the mixture was degassed for 5 min by bubbling nitrogen. PdCI2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (14.70 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was irradiated (microwave) at 140 °C for 10 min. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was taken up into MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was purified using reverse-phase HPLC (eluent: 25%ACN/H20, 0.1 % NH4OH to 60%

ACN/H20, 0.1 % NH4OH ) to give 90 mg of product as off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.73 (m, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 1.81 (td, J=7.14, 2.91 Hz, 2H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H), 2.15 – 2.20 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.77 – 2.83 (m, 4H), 3.41 – 3.49 (m, 4H), 4.35 (d, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 4.54 – 4.68 (m, 1 H), 5.87 (s, 1 H), 6.88 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1 H); LCMS: 527.7 (MH+)

PATENT

WO 2011140324

Example 270

N-[(4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-3-methyl-l-[(15)-l-methylpropyl]-6-[6-(l-piperazinyl)-3-pyridinyl]-lH-indole-4-carboxamide

To a 30 niL microwave vial were added (S)-6-bromo-l-(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3 -methyl- lH-indole-4-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.225 mmol), l-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine (85 mg, 0.293 mmol), 1 ,2-Dimethoxyethane (DME) (3 mL), water (1.000 mL) and sodium carbonate (0.338 mL, 0.675 mmol), and the mixture was degassed for 5 min by bubbling nitrogen. PdCi2(dppf)-CH2Ci2 adduct (14.70 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was irradiated (microwave) at 140 °C for 10 min. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was taken up into MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was purified using reverse-phase HPLC (eluent: 25%ACN/H20, 0.1% NH4OH to 60% ACN/H20, 0.1% NH4OH ) to give 91 mg of product as off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.70 – 0.78 (m, 3H), 1.37 – 1.44 (m, 3H), 1.75 – 1.87 (m, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.22 – 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.77 – 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.41 – 3.49 (m, 4H), 4.35 (d, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 4.56 – 4.68 (m, IH), 5.87 (s, IH), 6.88 (d, J=8.84 Hz, IH), 7.17 (d, J=1.52 Hz, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.73 (d, J=1.26 Hz, IH), 7.91 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, IH), 8.16 (t, J=5.05 Hz, IH), 8.50 (d, J=2.53 Hz, IH); LCMS: 527.8 (MH+).

Example 271

N-[(4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-3-methyl-l-[(li?)-l-methylpropyl]-6-[6-(l-piperazinyl)-3-pyridinyl]-l -indole-4-carboxamide

To a 30 mL microwave vial were added (R)-6-bromo-l-(sec-butyl)-N-((4,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3 -methyl- lH-indole-4-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.225 mmol), l-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine (85 mg, 0.293 mmol), 1 ,2-Dimethoxyethane (DME) (3 mL), water (1.000 mL) and sodium carbonate (0.338 mL, 0.675 mmol), and the mixture was degassed for 5 min by bubbling nitrogen. PdCl2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (14.70 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was irradiated (microwave) at 140 °C for 10 min. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was taken up into MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was purified using reverse-phase HPLC (eluent: 25%ACN/H20, 0.1% NH4OH to 60% ACN/H20, 0.1% NH4OH ) to give 90 mg of product as off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.73 (m, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 1.81 (td, J=7.14, 2.91 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.15 – 2.20 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.77 – 2.83 (m, 4H), 3.41 – 3.49 (m, 4H), 4.35 (d, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 4.54 -4.68 (m, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1H); LCMS: 527.7 (MH+).

REF

Tian X, Zhang S, Liu HM, et al. Histone lysine-specific methyltransferases and demethylases in carcinogenesis: new targets for cancer therapy and prevention. Curr Cancer Drug Targets. 2013 Jun 10;13(5):558-79. PMID: 23713993.

McCabe MT, Ott HM, Ganji G, et al. EZH2 inhibition as a therapeutic strategy for lymphoma with EZH2-activating mutations. Nature. 2012 Dec 6;492(7427):108-12. PMID: 23051747.

WO2005034845A2 * Jul 13, 2004 Apr 21, 2005 Supergen, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of cancer
WO2007053114A1 * Oct 30, 2006 May 10, 2007 S*Bio Pte Ltd Method of predicting a response to hdac inhibitors
WO2010090723A2 * Feb 2, 2010 Aug 12, 2010 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Methods of inhibiting fibrogenesis and treating fibrotic disease
US20110035336 May 1, 2008 Feb 10, 2011 Yigang Cai Rating change for a prepaid session based on movement of a mobile device
US20110035340 Aug 7, 2009 Feb 10, 2011 Fibre-Craft Materials Corp. Decorating system and method of marketing and enhancing a surface area using a decorating system
US20110035344 Aug 6, 2009 Feb 10, 2011 International Business Machines Corporation Computing mixed-integer program solutions using multiple starting vectors
US20110064664 * Oct 8, 2008 Mar 17, 2011 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions involving chitosan nanoparticles
WO2015077194A1 * Nov 18, 2014 May 28, 2015 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of lysine methyl transferase
WO2015132765A1 * Mar 6, 2015 Sep 11, 2015 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Enhancer of zeste homolog 2 inhibitors
WO2015141616A1 * Mar 16, 2015 Sep 24, 2015 第一三共株式会社 1,3-benzodioxole derivative
WO2016066697A1 * Oct 28, 2015 May 6, 2016 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Enhancer of zeste homolog 2 inhibitors
US9051269 Nov 19, 2012 Jun 9, 2015 Constellation Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of methyl modifying enzymes, compositions and uses thereof
US9085583 Feb 11, 2013 Jul 21, 2015 Constellation—Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of methyl modifying enzymes, compositions and uses thereof
US20150344459 * Dec 20, 2013 Dec 3, 2015 Epizyme, Inc. 1,4-pyridone bicyclic heteroaryl compounds

/////////GSK-2816126,  GSK-126,  2816126, 1346574-57-9, GSK 126, GSK 126, GSK 2816126, GSK 2816126A

CC=5C=C(C)NC(=O)C=5CNC(=O)c1cc(cc2c1c(C)cn2[C@@H](C)CC)c3cnc(cc3)N4CCNCC4


Filed under: PHASE1, Uncategorized Tagged: 1346574-57-9, gsk, GSK 126, GSK-2816126

GSK-2879552

$
0
0

GSK-2879552

CAS 1401966-69-5 (ABS),  1401966-63-9(REL)

C23 H28 N2 O2, 364.48

Benzoic acid, 4-[[4-[[[(1R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino]methyl]-1-piperidinyl]methyl]-

4-((4-((((lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoic acid

  • 4-[[4-[[[(1R,2S)-2-Phenylcyclopropyl]amino]methyl]-1-piperidinyl]methyl]benzoic acid
  • 4-[[4-[[((1R,2S)-2-Phenylcyclopropyl)amino]methyl]piperidin-1-yl]methyl]benzoic acid

4-((4-((((1R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)benzoic acid

Phase I

Glaxosmithkline Llc  INNOVATOR

Neil W. Johnson, Jiri Kasparec, William Henry Miller, Meagan B. Rouse, Dominic Suarez, Xinrong Tian,

A LSD1 inhibitor potentially for the treatment of small cell lung cancer and acute myeloid leukemia.

GSK2879552 is an orally available, irreversible, inhibitor of lysine specific demethylase 1 (LSD1), with potential antineoplastic activity. Upon administration, GSK2879552 binds to and inhibits LSD1, a demethylase that suppresses the expression of target genes by converting the dimethylated form of lysine at position 4 of histone H3 (H3K4) to mono- and unmethylated H3K4. LSD1 inhibition enhances H3K4 methylation and increases the expression of tumor-suppressor genes. This may lead to an inhibition of cell growth in LSD1-overexpressing tumor cells. LSD1, overexpressed in certain tumor cells, plays a key role in tumor cell growth and survival. Check for active clinical trials or closed clinical trials using this agent.

GSK-2879552 chemical structure

Formula: C23H29ClN2O2
M.Wt: 400.94

GSK2879552, LSD1 Inhibitor

CAS 1902123-72-1

Molecular Weight: 437.41
Formula: C23H28N2O2.2HCl

Chromatin modification plays an essential role in transcriptional regulation (T. Kouzarides, 2007, Cell 128: 693-705). These modifications, which include DNA methylation, histone acetylation and hsitone methylation, are disregulated in tumors. This epigenetic disregulation plays an important role in the silencing of tumor suppressors and overexpression of oncogenes in cancer (M. Esteller, 2008, N Engl J Med 358: 1148-59. P. Chi et al, 2010, Nat Rev Cane 10:457-469.). The enzymes that regulate histone methylation are the histone methyl transferases and the histone demethylases.

Lysine-specific demethylase 1 (LSDl; also known as BHC110) is a histone lysine demethylase reported to demethylate H3K4mel/2 (Y. Shi et al, 2004, Cell 119: 941-953) and H3K9mel/2 (R. Schule et al.,2005, Nature 437: 436-439). LSDl is overexpressed in multiple human cancers, including prostate where it is associated with more frequent relapse (P. Kahl et al, 2006, Cane. Res. 66: 11341-11347), breast (J. Kirfel et al, 2010, Carcinogenesis 31: 512-520) neuroblastoma (J. Kirfel et al, 2009, Cane. Res. 69: 2065-2071. G. Sun et al, 2010, Mol. Cell. Biol. 28: 1997-2000). LSDl is essential for transcriptional regulation mediated by a number of nuclear hormone receptors, including androgen receptor in prostate cancer (R. Schuele et al, 2005, Nature 437: 436-439. R. Schuele et al, 2007, Nat. Cell Biol. 9: 347-353. R. Schuele et al, 2010, Nature 464: 792-796), estrogen receptor in breast carcinomas (M.G. Rosenfeld et al, 2007, Cell 128: 505-518), and TLX receptor in neuorblastoma (S. Kato et al, 2008, Mol. Cell. Biol. 28: 3995-4003). These studies have shown that knockdown of LSDl expression results in decreased cancer cell proliferation. Additionally, LSDl is overexpressed in multiple cancer types that are nuclear hormone receptor-independent. Those tumors include ER-negative breast (J. Kirfel et al, 2010, Carcinogenesis 31: 512-520), small-cell lung, bladder, head & neck, colon, serous ovary, and kidney Wilm’s tumor. Therefore, potent selective small molecule inhibitors of LSDl may be useful for treatment of cancers that are nuclear hormone receptor-dependent and/or nuclear hormone receptor-independent.

The compositions and methods provided herein can potentially be useful for the treatment of cancer including tumors such as skin, breast, brain, cervical carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, etc. More particularly, cancers that may be treated by the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to tumor types such as astrocytic, breast, cervical, colorectal, endometrial, esophageal, gastric, head and neck, hepatocellular, laryngeal, lung, oral, ovarian, prostate and thyroid carcinomas and sarcomas. More specifically, these compounds can potentially be used to treat: Cardiac: sarcoma (angiosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma), myxoma, rhabdomyoma, fibroma, lipoma and teratoma; Lung: bronchogenic carcinoma (squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, adenocarcinoma), alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, sarcoma, lymphoma, chondromatous hamartoma, mesothelioma; Gastrointestinal: esophagus (squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, lymphoma), stomach (carcinoma, lymphoma, leiomyosarcoma), pancreas (ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, vipoma), small bowel (adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi’s sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, fibroma), large bowel (adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, leiomyoma); Genitourinary tract: kidney (adenocarcinoma, Wilm’s tumor

(nephroblastoma), lymphoma, leukemia), bladder and urethra (squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma), prostate (adenocarcinoma, sarcoma), testis (seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, interstitial cell carcinoma, fibroma, fibroadenoma, adenomatoid tumors, lipoma); Liver: hepatoma (hepatocellular carcinoma), cholangiocarcinoma, hepatoblastoma,angiosarcoma, hepatocellular adenoma, hemangioma; Bone: osteogenic sarcoma(osteosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing’s sarcoma, malignant lymphoma (reticulum cell sarcoma), multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochronfroma (osteocartilaginous exostoses), benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma and giant cell tumors; Nervous system: skull (osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, osteitis deformans), meninges (meningioma, meningiosarcoma, gliomatosis), brain (astrocytoma, meduUoblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma (pinealoma), glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, congenital tumors), spinal cord neurofibroma, meningioma, glioma, sarcoma); Gynecological: uterus (endometrial carcinoma), cervix (cervical carcinoma, pre -tumor cervical dysplasia), ovaries (ovarian carcinoma (serous cystadenocarcinoma, mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, unclassified carcinoma), granulosa-thecal cell tumors, Sertoli-Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, malignant teratoma), vulva (squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, melanoma), vagina (clear cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, botryoid sarcoma (embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma), fallopian tubes

(carcinoma); Hematologic: blood (myeloid leukemia (acute and chronic), acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, myeloproliferative diseases, multiple myeloma, myelodysplasia syndrome), Hodgkin’s disease, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (malignant lymphoma); Skin: malignant melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, keloids, psoriasis; and Adrenal glands: neuroblastoma. Thus, the term “cancerous cell” as provided herein, includes a cell afflicted by any one of or related to the above identified conditions.

SYNTHESIS

GSK-2879552

STR1

PATENT

WO 2012135113

https://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2012135113A2?cl=en

Example 2

1 , 1 -Dimethylethyl 4-( { \( 1 R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl] amino I methyl)- 1 -piperidinecarboxylate

Following a procedure analogous to the procedure described in Example 1 using [(1R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amine ((-) isomer) (94 mg, 0.703 mmol) afforded 1,1 -dimethylethyl 4-({[(lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}methyl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate (92 mg, 0.264 mmol, 56.4 % yield) as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ 7.29 – 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.23 – 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.17 – 7.22 (m, 2H), 4.14 (d, J= 12.63 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (d, J = 7.07 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (dt, J= 4.14, 7.64 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (br. s., 2H), 2.53 (ddd, J= 3.54, 6.63, 10.29 Hz, 1H), 1.97 (ddd, 1H), 1.80 (d, J= 12.13 Hz, 2H), 1.55 (ddd, J= 4.29, 6.63, 10.55 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.36 – 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.23 (qd, J= 4.29, 12.38 Hz, 2H); LC-MS Rt = 0.78 min; MS (ESI): 331.3 [M+H]+.

Example 6

[(lR,2S)-2-Phenylcyclopropyll(4-piperidinylmethyl)amine

Following a procedure analogous to the procedure described in Example 4 using 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-({[(lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}methyl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate (Example 2, 60 mg, 0.182 mmol) afforded [(lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl](4-piperidinylmethyl)amine (41 mg, 0.146 mmol, 80 % yield)as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOLS) δ 7.29 – 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.23 – 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.23 (m, 2H), 3.47 (d, J= 13.39 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (d, 2H), 2.89 – 3.13 (m, 3H), 2.60 (ddd, J= 3.79, 6.57, 10.36 Hz, 1H), 2.13 – 2.28 (m, J= 3.85, 3.85, 7.61, 11.21 Hz, 1H), 1.99 – 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.49 – 1.71 (m, 3H), 1.35 – 1.48 (m, 1H); LC-MS Rt = 0.44 min; MS (ESI): 231.2

Example 26

4-((4-(((trans-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin- 1 -yl)methyl)benzoic acid

To the solution of 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(trans-2-phenylcyclopropyl)-N-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)acetamide (200 mg, 0.613 mmol, Example l ib) and 4-(bromomethyl)benzoic acid (198 mg, 0.919 mmol) in acetonitrile (6 mL) was added potasium carbonate (254 mg, 1.838 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at the 90 °C. The reaction mixture was then filtered and evaporated. The crude oil was mixed with 10 mL of 10 % acetic acid and 10 mL of ethyl acetate. Layers were separated, and the organic layer was discharged. Aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 M Na2C03, and the product was extracted into 10 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated. The oil was dissolved in 6 ml of EtOH and 3 ml of 1 M NaOH. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min, and then it was concentrated. The solution was then partioned between 2 ml of water and 5 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated and evaporated. The oil was purified on preparatory HPLC (2 to 10 % AcCN: H20 with 0.1 % formic acid modifier). The fractions were collected. To each

fraction was added 1 ml of 1 M HCl, and the fractions were evaporated to dryness. 4-((4-(((trans-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoic acid (50 mg, 0.118 mmol, 19.33 % yield) was isolated as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz,

METHANOLS) δ 8.16 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.30 – 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.23 – 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J= 7.33 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (br. s., 2H), 3.57 (d, J= 11.62 Hz, 2H), 3.07 – 3.27 (m, 4H), 3.04 (dt, J= 3.95, 7.52 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (ddd, J= 3.54, 6.57, 10.11 Hz, lH), 2.12 (d, J= 13.89 Hz, 3H), 1.54 – 1.81 (m, 3H), 1.42 (q, 1H); LC-MS Rt = 0.47 min; MS (ESI): 365.3 [M+H]+.

[M+H]+.

Example 29

4-((4-((((lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoic acid

Step 1.

tert-Butyl 4-((4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoate

tert-Butyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate (1 g, 3.13 mmol) and piperidin-4-ylmethanol (0.361 g, 3.13 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (25 mL). K2CO3 (1.300 g, 9.40 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 min. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, filtered and evaporated. The resulting solid was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50mL) and 1 M HC1 (50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate and the organic layers were discarded. The aqueous layer was basified with 8 M NaOH to pH -10 and extracted 2 times with 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine and dried over MgSC^, filtered and evaporated. tert-Butyl 4-((4- (hydroxymethyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoate (0.95 g, 2.99 mmol, 95 % yield) was isolated as yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.95 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.08 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.51 (d, J = 6.57 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (d, J= 11.37 Hz, 2H), 1.94 – 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.73 (d, J= 14.15 Hz, 2H), 1.61 (s, 9H), 1.40 – 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.30 – 1.37 (m, 2H); LC-MS Rt = 0.67 min; MS (ESI): 306.2 [M+H]+.

Step 2.

tert-Butyl 4-((4-formylpiperidin- 1 -yl)methyl)benzoate

To a solution of oxalyl chloride (0.408 mL, 4.67 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at -60 °C was added a solution of DMSO (0.508 mL, 7.15 mmol) in 15 mL of dichloromethane over 30 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at -60 °C A solution of tert-butyl 4-((4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoate (950 mg, 3.11 mmol) in 5 mL of dichloromethane was added over 10 minutes at -60 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at – 60 °C, then triethylamine (2.168 mL, 15.55 mmol) was added and after 10 minutes 10 mL of water was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to the room temperature. The layers were separated. The pH of the water layer was adjusted to ~7 with 1 M HC1 and then extracted with 20 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, then dried over MgSO, filtered and evaporated. The resulting oil was purified on a silica column eluting with EtOAc to yield tert-butyl 4-((4-formylpiperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoate (550 mg, 1.722 mmol, 55.4 % yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 9.67 (d, J= 1.26 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 2.75 – 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.21 – 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.14 (t, J= 10.48 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (dd, J= 2.78, 13.14 Hz, 2H), 1.65 – 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.58 – 1.64 (m, 9H); LC-MS Rt = 0.69 min; MS (ESI): 304.2

[M+H]+, 322.2 [M+H20]+, 336.6 [M+Na]+

Step 3.

tert-Butyl 4-((4-(((( 1 R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin- 1 -yl)methyl)benzoate

To a solution of tert-butyl 4-((4-formylpiperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoate (6.7 g, 22.08 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added (lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropanamine (3.53 g, 26.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 minutes then cooled down to the room temperature. Sodium cyanotrihydroborate (2.082 g, 33.1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred 1 hour at room temperature. Water (50 mL) was added. The reaction was concentrated and 50 mL of dichloromethane was added. The layers were separated. The organics were washed with 10 % acetic acid (50 mL). The layers were separated and 50 mL of brine was added slowly as a solid crashed out. The solid was filtered and suspended in isopropanol. The suspension was sonicated and filtered. tert-Butyl 4-((4-(((( 1 R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin- 1 -yl)methyl)benzoate (5.8 g, 13.65 mmol, 61.8 % yield) was isolated as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz,

METHANOLS) δ 8.07 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (d, J= 8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.28 – 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.10 – 7.28 (m, 3H), 4.43 (br. s., 2H), 3.54 (d, J= 10.86 Hz, 2H), 3.08 – 3.26 (m, 4H), 3.03 (dt, J= 3.76, 7.39 Hz, 1H), 2.54 – 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.03 – 2.29 (m, 3H), 1.67 – 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.58 – 1.67 (m, 10H), 1.40 (q, J = 6.82 Hz, lH); LC-MS Rt = 0.76 min; MS (ESI): 421.4 [M+H]+.

Step 4.

4-((4-((((lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoic acid

A suspension of tert-butyl 4-((4-((((lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoate (5.8 g, 13.79 mmol) in HCL – 1 M (80 ml, 80 mmol) was heated to 89 °C (internal temperature) for 2 hr. The solution was cooled down to the room temperature and held in an ice -bath for 1 hour and then filtered. 4-((4-((((lR,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropyl)amino)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)methyl)benzoic acid (3.8 g, 8.25 mmol, 59.8 % yield) was isolated as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) 5 8.15 (d, J= 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J= 8.59 Hz, 2H), 7.29 – 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.14 – 7.28 (m, 3H), 4.45 (br. s., 2H), 3.55 (d, J= 10.36 Hz, 2H), 3.07 – 3.29 (m, 4H), 3.04 (dt, J= 3.98, 7.71 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (ddd, J= 3.66, 6.57, 10.23 Hz, 1H), 1.98 – 2.31 (m, 3H), 1.72 (br. s., 2H), 1.62 (ddd, J= 4.42, 6.51, 10.55 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (q, J= 6.82 Hz, lH); LC-MS Rt = 0.49 min; MS (ESI): 365.3 [M+H]+.

Neil Johnson

Neil Johnson

US Lead of Chemistry Talent Development, External Engagement and Recruitment at GSK

https://www.linkedin.com/in/neil-johnson-6628894

Experience

US Lead of Chemistry Talent Development, External Engagement and Recruitment

GSK

March 2016 – Present (4 months)Greater Philadelphia Area

Manager

GSK

July 1999 – Present (17 years)

Investgator

GlaxoSmithKline

1999 – Present (17 years)

Senior Scientist

Cephalon

September 1994 – June 1999 (4 years 10 months)

Education

The Johns Hopkins University

Doctor of Philosophy (PhD), Organic Chemistry

1988 – 1994

Fort Lewis College

BS, Chemistry

1984 – 1988

///////////GSK-2879552,  1401966-63-9, Phase I , A LSD1 inhibitor,  small cell lung cancer,  acute myeloid leukemia, 1401966-69-5, 1902123-72-1

O=C(O)C1=CC=C(CN2CCC(CN[C@H]3[C@H](C4=CC=CC=C4)C3)CC2)C=C1

O=C(O)c1ccc(cc1)CN2CCC(CC2)CN[C@@H]4C[C@H]4c3ccccc3


Filed under: PHASE 1, PHASE1, Uncategorized Tagged: 1401966-69-5, 1902123-72-1, A LSD1 inhibitor, Acute Myeloid Leukemia, GSK-2879552, PHASE 1, Small Cell Lung Cancer

GSK-2881078

$
0
0

GSK-2881078

(R)-1-[1-(Methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-indole-5-carbonitrile

(R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)indoline-5-carbonitrile

Phase I

A selective androgen receptor modulator potentially for the treatment of cachexia.

Inventors Philip Stewart Turnbull, Rodolfo Cadilla
Applicant Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited
CAS Number 1539314-06-1
Chemical Name GSK-2881078
Synonyms GSK-2881078
Molecular Formula C14H13NF3N2O2S
Formula Weight 330.33
  • Originator GlaxoSmithKline
  • Mechanism of Action Selective androgen receptor modulators
  • Phase I Cachexia

Most Recent Events

  • 03 Sep 2015 GlaxoSmithKline initiates enrolment in a phase I trial for Cachexia (In volunteers) in USA (NCT02567773)
  • 01 Mar 2015 GlaxoSmithKline completes a phase I trial in Cachexia (In volunteers) in USA (NCT02045940)
  • 31 Jan 2014 Phase-I clinical trials in Cachexia (In volunteers) in USA (PO)

GSK2881078 is a selective androgen receptor modulator (SARM) that is being evaluated for effects on muscle growth and strength in subjects with muscle wasting to improve their physical function. Part A of this study will evaluate the safety, efficacy and pharmacokinetics of GSK2881078 in healthy, older men and post-menopausal women who will take daily dosing for 28 days and be followed for a total of 70 days. Part B of this study will characterize the effect of Cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4) inhibition on the GSK2881078 pharmacokinetics. Part B will only be conducted if safe and efficacious dose is identified in Part A. Part A will include healthy older males and post-menopausal females; and randomize approximately 60 subjects (about 15 per cohort [4 cohorts]) to complete approximately 48 (about 12 per cohort). Part B will enroll one cohort of approximately 15 healthy male subjects to complete approximately 12. The study duration will be approximately 115 days for Part A and 122 days for Part B.

Steroidal nuclear receptor (NR) ligands are known to play important roles in the health of both men and women. Testosterone (T) and dihydrotestosterone (DHT) are endogenous steroidal ligands for the androgen receptor (AR) that appear to play a role in every tissue type found in the mammalian body. During the development of the fetus, androgens play a role in sexual differentiation and development of male sexual organs. Further sexual development is mediated by androgens during puberty. Androgens play diverse roles in the adult, including stimulation and maintenance of male sexual accessory organs and maintenance of the musculoskeletal system. Cognitive function, sexuality, aggression, and mood are some of the behavioral aspects mediated by androgens. Androgens have a physiologic effect on the skin, bone, and skeletal muscle, as well as blood, lipids, and blood cells (Chang, C. and Whipple, G. Androgens and Androgen Receptors. Kluwer Academic Publishers: Boston, MA, 2002)

Many clinical studies with testosterone have demonstrated significant gains in muscle mass and function along with decreases in visceral fat. See, for example,

Bhasin (2003) S. J. Gerontol. A Biol. Sci. Med. Sci. 58:1002-8, and Ferrando, A. A. et al. (2002) Am. J. Phys. Endo. Met. 282: E601-E607. Androgen replacement therapy (ART) in men improves body composition parameters such as muscle mass, strength, and bone mineral density (see, for example, Asthana, S. et al. (2004) J. Ger, Series A: Biol. Sci. Med. Sci. 59: 461 -465). There is also evidence of improvement in less tangible parameters such as libido and mood. Andrologists and other specialists are increasingly using androgens for the treatment of the symptoms of androgen deficiency. ART, using T and its congeners, is available in transdermal, injectable, and oral dosage forms. All current treatment options have contraindications (e.g., prostate cancer) and side-effects, such as increased hematocrit, liver toxicity, and sleep apnoea. Side-effects from androgen therapy in women include: acne, hirsutism, and lowering of high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol levels, a notable side-effect also seen in men.

Agents that could selectively afford the benefits of androgens and greatly reduce the side-effect profile would be of great therapeutic value. Interestingly, certain NR ligands are known to exert their action in a tissue selective manner (see, for example, Smith et al. (2004) Endoc. Rev. 2545-71 ). This selectivity stems from the particular ability of these ligands to function as agonists in some tissues, while having no effect or even an antagonist effect in other tissues. The term “selective receptor modulator” (SRM) has been given to these molecules. A synthetic compound that binds to an intracellular receptor and mimics the effects of the native hormone is referred to as an agonist. A compound that inhibits the effect of the native hormone is called an antagonist. The term “modulators” refers to compounds that have a spectrum of activities ranging from full agonism to partial agonism to full antagonism.

SARMs (selective androgen receptor modulators) represent an emerging class of small molecule pharmacotherapeutics that have the potential to afford the important benefits of androgen therapy without the undesired side-effects. Many SARMs with demonstrated tissue-selective effects are currently in the early stages of development See, for example, Mohler, M. L. et al. (2009) J. Med. Chem. 52(12): 3597-617. One notable SARM molecule, Ostarine™, has recently completed phase I and II clinical studies. See, for example, Zilbermint, M. F. and Dobs, A. S. (2009) Future Oncology 5(8):121 1-20. Ostarine™ appears to increase total lean body mass and enhance functional performance. Because of their highly-selective anabolic properties and demonstrated androgenic-sparing activities, SARMs should be useful for the prevention and/or treatment of many diseases in both men and women, including, but not limited to sarcopenia, cachexias (including those associated with cancer, heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and end stage renal disease (ESRD), urinary incontinence, osteoporosis, frailty, dry eye and other conditions associated with aging or androgen deficiency. See, for example, Ho et al. (2004) Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol. 16:405-9; Albaaj et al. (2006) Postgrad Med J 82:693-6; Caminti et al. (2009) J Am Coll Cardiol. 54(10):919-27; lellamo et al. (2010) J Am Coll Cardiol. 56(16): 1310-6; Svartberg (2010) Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 17(3):257-61 , and Mammadov et al. (201 1 ) Int Urol Nephrol 43:1003-8. SARMS also show promise for use in promoting muscle regeneration and repair (see, for example, Serra et al. (Epub 2012 Apr 12)

doi:10.1093/Gerona/gls083),in the areas of hormonal male contraception and benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), and in wound healing (see, for example, Demling (2009) ePIasty 9:e9).

Preclinical studies and emerging clinical data demonstrate the therapeutic potential of SARMs to address the unmet medical needs of many patients. The demonstrated advantages of this class of compounds in comparison with steroidal androgens (e.g. , tissue-selective activity, oral administration, AR selectivity, and lack of androgenic effect) position SARMs for a bright future of therapeutic applications.

Although amorphous forms of SARMs may be developed for some uses, compounds having high crystallinity are generally preferred for pharmaceutical use due to their improved solubility and stability. Accordingly, there remains a need in the art for crystalline form of SARMs for therapeutic use.

Patent

WO 2015110958

EXAMPLES

Example 1 – Synthesis of (R)-1 -(1 -(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)- -indole-5-carbonitrile

(R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)^-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile

Method 1 :

A. (R)-1 -(Methylthio)propan-2 -amine

Step 1

To a solution of commercially available (R)-2-aminopropan-1 -ol (5 g, 66.6 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL), in an ice bath, is added very slowly, dropwise, chlorosulfonic acid (4.46 mL, 66.6 mmol) (very exothermic). The reaction mixture is kept in the cold bath for ~10 min, and then at rt for ~ 30 min. After stirring for another ~ 10 minutes, the solids are collected by filtration, washed sequentially with MeCN (40 mL) and hexanes (100 mL), and dried by air suction for ~ 40 min. to produce the intermediate ((R)-2-aminopropyl hydrogen sulfate.

Step 2:

To a solution of sodium thiomethoxide (5.60 g, 80 mmol) in water (20 mL) is added solid NaOH (2.66 g, 66.6 mmol) in portions over ~ 10 min. Then the intermediate from step 1 is added as a solid over ~ 5 min. The mixture is then heated at 90 °C for ~10 h. The reaction mixture is biphasic. Upon cooling, MTBE (20 mL) is added, and the organic phase (brownish color) is separated. The aqueous phase is extracted with MTBE (2 x 20 mL). The original organic phase is washed with 1 N NaOH (15 mL). The basic aqueous phase is re-extracted with MTBE (2 x 20 mL). All the ether phases are combined, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated (carefully, since the product is volatile) to afford the crude product as a light yellow oil.

Method 2

(R)-1-(methylthio)propan-2 -amine hydrochloride

A. (R)-2-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)propyl methanesulfonate

Step 1

Commercially available (R)-2-aminopropan-1 -ol (135 g, 1797 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH 1350 mL). The solution is cooled to 5°C with an icebath, then Boc20 (392 g, 1797 mmol) is added as a solution in MeOH (1000 mL). The reaction temperature is kept below 10°C. After the addition, the cooling bath is removed, and the mixture is stirred for 3 h. The MeOH is removed under vacuum (rotavap bath: 50°C). This material is used as is for the next step.

Step 2

The residue is dissolved in CH2CI2 (1200 mL) and NEt3 (378 mL, 2717 mmol) is added, then the mixture is cooled on an ice bath. Next, MsCI (166.5 mL, 2152 mmol) is added over ~2 h, while keeping the reaction temperature below 15°C. The mixture is stirred in an icebath for 1 h then the bath was removed. The mixture is stirred for 3 d, then washed with a 10% NaOH solution (500 mL 3 x), then with water. The organic phase is dried with MgS04, filtered, then stripped off (rota, 50°C waterbath. The impure residue is dissolved in a mix of 500mL EtOAc (500 mL) and MTBE (500 mL) and then extracted with water to remove all water-soluble salts. The organic phase is dried with MgS04, filtered, then stripped off to afford a white solid residue.

B. (R)-tert-Butyl (1 -(methylthio)propan-2-yl)carbamate

NaSMe (30 g, 428 mmol) is stirred with DMF (200 mL) to afford a suspension. Next, (R)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)propyl methanesulfonate (97 g, 383 mmol) is added portionwise while the temperature is kept below 45°C (exothermic). After the addition, the mixture is stirred for 2 h, then toluene (100 mL) is added. The mixture is washed with water (500 mL, 4 x), then dried with MgS04, and filtered. The filtrate is stripped off (rotavap) to a pale yellow oil.

C. (R)-1 -(Methylthio)propan-2 -amine hydrochloride

Acetyl chloride (150 mL,) is added to a stirred solution of MeOH (600 mL) cooled with an icebath. The mixture is stirred for 30 min in an icebath, then added to (R)-tert-butyl (1 -(methylthio)propan-2-yl)carbamate (78 g, 380 mmol). The mixture is stirred at rt for 2 h, (C02, (CH3)2C=CI-l2 evolution) and then stripped off to a white solid.

D. 4-Fluoro-3-iodo-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile

To a freshly prepared solution of LDA (1 19 mmol) in anhyd THF (250 mL) at -45°C is added a solution of commercially available 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (21 .5 g, 1 14 mmol) in THF (30 mL), dropwise at a rate such that the internal temperature remained < -40°C (became dark brown during addition). The mixture is stirred 30 min at -45°C, cooled to -70°C and iodine (31 .7 g, 125 mmol) is added in one portion (-70°C→ -52°C). The mixture is stirred for 1 h, removed from the cooling bath and quenched by addition of 10% Na2S203 (ca. 250 mL) and 1 N HCI (ca. 125 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (x3). Combined organics are washed (water, brine), dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by low pressure liquid chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc / hexanes, gradient elution) followed by

recrystallization from heptane (30 mL), twice, affording 4-fluoro-3-iodo-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (15.79 g, 50.1 mmol, 44.1 % yield) as a pale yellow solid.

E. 4-Fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)benzonitrile

A 20 mL vial is charged with 4-fluoro-3-iodo-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile,(0.315 g, 1 .00 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2CI2 (0.014 g, 0.020 mmol) and Cul (0.0076 g, 0.040 mmol), and sealed with a rubber septum. Anhyd PhMe (5 mL) and DIPA (0.210 mL, 1 .500 mmol) are added via syringe and the mixture is degassed 10 min by sparging with N2while immersed in an ultrasonic bath. Ethynyltrimethylsilane (0.155 mL, 1 .100 mmol) is added dropwise via syringe and the septum is replaced by a PTFE-faced crimp top. The mixture is stirred in a heating block at 60°C. Upon cooling the mixture is diluted with EtOAc and filtered through Celite. The filtrate is washed (satd NH4CI, water, brine), dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by low pressure liquid chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc / hexanes, gradient elution) affording 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)benzonitrile .

F. (R)-1 -(1 -(methylthio)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile

A mixture of 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)benzonitrile (1 .16 g, 4.07 mmol), (R)-1 -(methylthio)propan-2-amine (0.599 g, 5.69 mmol) and DIEA (1 .42 mL, 8.13 mmol) in DMSO (7 mL) is heated (sealed tube) at 100°C for 50 min. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The organic phase is washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated to give the intermediate aniline. This intermediate is dissolved in NMP (7 mL), treated with KOtBu (1 M in THF) (5.69 mL, 5.60 mmol) and heated at 50°C. The reaction is monitored by LCMS, and deemed complete after 40 min. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc (40 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The organic phase is washed with more water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed over silica gel using a 5-40% EtOAc-hexane gradient to give the thioether intermediate:

G. (R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile

To an ice-cold solution of (R)-1 -(1 -(methylthio)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile (0.560 g, 1.88 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is added a solution of Oxone (4.04 g, 6.57 mmol) in water (10 mL). After 50 min, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic phase is washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed over silica gel using 100% CH2CI2 to give (R)-1-(1 -(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-l H-indole-5-carbonitrile as a white foam that is crystallized from

CH2CI2/hexanes to afford a white solid.

Example 2- Preparation of crystalline form 1 of (R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)indoline-5-carbonitrile

(R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)indoline-5-carbonitrile (1 .74kg, 1wt) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (12.0 Kg, 6.9 wt) at 20-30°C. The solution was transferred into a clean reaction vessel via an in-line cartridge filter. The solution was concentrated to ~3.0-5.0 volumes under reduced pressure, keeping the temperature below 50°C. The solution was cooled to 20-30°C, and n-heptane (23.0 Kg, 13.2 wt) was added slowly over ~1 hour. The solution was stirred 1 -2 hrs at 20-30°C, heated to 50-55°C for 2-3 hours, cooled back to 20-30°C and stirred for 1 -2 hours. The slurry was sampled and analyzed by XRPD. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with n-heptane (1 .4 Kg, 0.8 wt), and dried in vacuo at 40-50 °C to provide crystalline

(R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)indoline-5-carbonitrile (1 .54 Kg, Form 1 ; 88.5 % yield, 99.5% purity) as a slightly colored solid.

Example 3- Preparation of crystalline form 2 of (R)-1 -(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)indoline-5-carbonitrile

Crude (R)-1 -(1 -(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)indoline-5-carbonitrile (1 .54 g [theoretical], 1 wt) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5mL, 3.25 vol) and loaded onto a 12-g ISCO column (Si02). The column was eluted with DCM (-500 mL, 325 vol) and the product-containing fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was triturated in n-heptane. The solid was collected by filtration, air-dried, and placed under high vacuum for 3 h to provide GSK2881078A (1 .009 g, Form 2; 65.1 % yield, 100% AUC HPLC-UV) as a white solid.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2014013309A1?cl=en22

Example 26

1-(1-(Methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifiuoromethyl)-1H-indole-5-carbonitrile Synthesized in a manner similar to Example 9 using 1-(1-(methylthio)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile (Example 25): MS (ESI): m/z 331 (MH+).

Example 27

(R)-1 -(1 -(Methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile

A. (R)-1-(Methylthio)propan-2-amine

Step l

To a solution of commercially available (R)-2-aminopropan-1-ol (5 g, 66.6 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL), in an ice bath, was added very slowly, dropwise, chlorosulfonic acid (4.46 mL, 66.6 mmol) (very exothermic). A gummy beige precipitate formed. The reaction mixture was kept in the cold bath for -10 min, and then at rt for ~ 30 min. The reaction mixture was scratched with a spatula to try to solidify the gummy precipitate. After a few minutes, a beige solid formed. After stirring for another ~ 10 minutes, the solids were collected by filtration, washed sequentially with MeCN (40 mL) and hexanes (100 mL), and dried by air suction for ~ 40 min. The intermediate ((R)-2-aminopropyl hydrogen sulfate, weighed 0.46 g (~ 96% yield).

Step 2:

To a solution of sodium thiomethoxide (5.60 g, 80 mmol) in water (20 mL) was added solid NaOH (2.66 g, 66.6 mmol) in portions over – 10 min. Then the intermediate from step 1 was added as a solid over ~ 5 min. The mixture was then heated at 90 °C for -10 h. The reaction mixture was biphasic. Upon cooling, MTBE (20 mL) was added, and the organic phase (brownish color) was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with MTBE (2 x 20 mL). The original organic phase is washed with 1 NaOH (15 mL) (this removes most of the color). The basic aqueous phase was re-extracted with MTBE (2 x 20 mL). All the ether phases are combined, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and

concentrated (carefully, since the product is volatile) to afford the crude product as a light yellow oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cf6) δ 2.91-2.87 (m, 1 H), 2.43-2.31 (m, 2 H), 2.04 (s, 3 H), 1.50 (bs, 2 H), 1.01 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3 H).

Alternative synthesis of example 27A:

(R)-1 -(Methylthio)propan-2 -amine hydrochloride

A. (R)-2-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)propyl methanesulfonate

Step 1

Commercially available (R)-2-aminopropan-1-ol (135 g, 1797 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH 1350 mL). The solution was cooled to 5°C with an icebath, then Boc20 (392 g, 1797 mmol) was added as a solution in MeOH (1000 mL). The reaction temperature was kept below 10°C. After the addition, the cooling bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred for 3 h. The MeOH was removed under vacuum (rotavap bath: 50°C). The resulting residue was a colorless oil that solidified overnight to a white solid. This material was used as is for the next step.

Step 2

The residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (1200 mL) and NEt3 (378 mL, 2717 mmol) was added, then the mixture was cooled on an ice bath. Next, MsCI (166.5 mL, 2152 mmol) was added over ~2 h, while keeping the reaction temperature below 15°C. The mixture was stirred in an icebath for 1 h then the bath was removed. The mixture was stirred for 3 d, then washed with a 10% NaOH solution (500 mL 3 x), then with water. The organic phase was dried with MgS0 , filtered, then stripped off (rota, 50°C waterbath. The impure residue was dissolved in a mix of 500mL EtOAc (500 mL) and MTBE (500 mL) and then, extracted with water to remove all water-soluble salts.The organic phase was dried with MgS04, filtered, then stripped off to afford a white solid residue: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds) δ 6.94-6.92 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.78-3.71 (m, 1 H), 3.16 (s, 3 H), 1.38 (s, 9 H), 1.06 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H).

B. (R)-tert-Butyl (1-(methylthio)propan-2-yl)carbamate

NaSMe (30 g, 428 mmol) was stirred with DMF (200 mL) to afford a suspension. Next, (R)-2-((tertbutoxycarbonyl)amino)propyl methanesulfonate (97 g, 383 mmol) was added

portionwise while the temperature was kept below 45°C (exothermic).. After the addition, the mixture was stirred for 2 h, then toluene (100 ml_) was added. The mixture was washed with water (500 ml_, 4 x), then dried with MgS04, and filtered. The filtrate was stripped off (rotavap) to a pale yellow oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.77-6.75 (m, 1 H), 3.60-3.54 (m, 1 H), 2.54-2.50 (m, 1 H), 2.43-2.38 (m, 1 H), 2.05 (s, 3 H), 1.38 (s, 9 H), 1.08 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H).

C. (R)-1-(Methylthio)propan-2-amine hydrochloride

Acetyl chloride (150 mL,) was added to a stirred solution of MeOH (600 mL) cooled with an icebath. The mixture was stirred for 30 min in an icebath, then added to (R)-tert-butyl (1-(methylthio)propan-2-yl)carbamate (78 g, 380 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, (C02, (CH3)2C=CH2 evolution) and then stripped off to a white solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.22 (bs, 3 H), 3.36-3.29 (m, 1 H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1 H), 2.64-2.59 (m, 1 H (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H).

D. (R)-1 -(1 -(Methylthio)propan-2-yl)-4-(trif luoromethy l)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile

A mixture of 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)benzonitrile (Example 21 D,1.16 g, 4.07 mmol), (R)-1-(methylthio)propan-2-amine (0.599 g, 5.69 mmol) and DIEA (1.42 mL, 8.13 mmol) in DMSO (7 mL) was heated (sealed tube) at 100°C for 50 min. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated to give the intermediate aniline. This intermediate was dissolved in NMP (7 mL), treated with KOtBu (1 M in THF) (5.69 mL, 5.60 mmol) and heated at 50°C. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, and deemed complete after 40 min. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (40 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The organic phase was washed with more water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed over silica

gel using a 5-40% EtOAc-hexane gradient to give the thioether intermediate: MS (ESI):

E. (R)-1-(1-(Methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-indole-5-carbonitrile

To an ice-cold solution of (R)-1-(1-(methylthio)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-indole-5-carbonitrile (0.560 g, 1.88 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added a solution of Oxone (4.04 g, 6.57 mmol) in water (10 mL). After 50 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed over silica gel using 100% CH2CI2 to give (R)-1-(1-(methylsulfonyl)propan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-l H-indole-5-carbonitrile as a white foam that was crystallized from CH2CI2/hexanes to afford a white solid (0.508 g, 79% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.17 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J – 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.87-6.84 (m, 1 H), 5.43-5.35 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (dd, J = 14.8, 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 3.83 (dd, J = 14.8, 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 2.77 (s, 3 H), 1.59 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI): m/z 331 (M+H).

Philip Turnbull

Philip Turnbull

Director of Chemistry

https://www.linkedin.com/in/philip-turnbull-21266a8

Experience

Director of Chemistry

Receptos, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Celgene

June 2015 – Present (1 year 1 month)Greater San Diego Area

Director

GSK

April 2010 – June 2015 (5 years 3 months)RTP

Section Head

GSK

April 2007 – April 2010 (3 years 1 month)RTP

Group Manager

GlaxoSmithKline

April 2003 – April 2007 (4 years 1 month)RTP

Investigator

GSK

June 1998 – April 2003 (4 years 11 months)RTP

Research Associate

Biophysica Foundation

February 1988 – September 1991 (3 years 8 months)La Jolla, Ca

Education

University of California, Irvine

Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.), Organic synthesis

1991 – 1996

////////GSK-2881078,  1539314-06-1, Phase 1, clinical trials,  Cachexia , GlaxoSmithKline


Filed under: PHASE 1, Uncategorized Tagged: 1539314-06-1,, GSK-2881078, PHASE 1

Maralixibat Chloride, ماراليكسيبات كلوريد , 氯马昔巴特 , Мараликсибата хлорид

$
0
0

STR1

2D chemical structure of 228113-66-4

Maralixibat chloride

Maralixibat Chloride,  ماراليكسيبات كلوريد ,  氯马昔巴特 , Мараликсибата хлорид

SHP625, Maralixibat chloride, Molecular Formula C40-H56-N3-O4-S.Cl, Molecular Weight, 710.4184

4-Aza-1-azoniabicyclo(2.2.2)octane, 1-((4-((4-((4R,5R)-3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dioxido-1-benzothiepin-5-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl)-, chloride (1:1)

1-[4-({4-[(4R,5R)-3,3-Dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1-benzothiepin-5-yl]phenoxy}methyl)benzyl]-4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride

4-Aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 1-[[4-[[4-[(4R,5R)-3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dioxido-1-benzothiepin-5-yl]phenoxy]methyl]phenyl]methyl]-, chloride

(4R.5R)-1- r.4- r _4- .3.3 -Dibutyl-7- (dimethylamino) -2.3 ,4.5- tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-1, l-dioxido-l-benzothiepin-5- yl] henoxy] ethyl] phenyl1methyl] -4-aza-l- azoniabicyclo [2.2.2] octane

(4Rcis)-1-[[4-[[4-[3,3-Dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dioxido-1-benzothiepin-5-yl]phenoxy]methyl]phenyl]methyl]-4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane Chloride Salt

(4R,5R)- 1 -((4-(4-(3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimemylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4- hydroxy- 1 , 1 -diυxido- 1 -benzithiepin-5-yl)pheπoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl-4-aza- 1 – azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride

Cas: 228113-66-4, Free form 716313-53-0
UNII: V78M04F0XC, LUM 001, Lopixibat chloride, Treatment of Cholestatic Liver Diseases

Inventors James Li, Ching-Cheng Wang, David B. Reitz, Victor Snieckus, Horng-Chih Huang,Andrew J. Carpenter, Less «
Applicant G.D. Searle & Co.

 

Several drawings of Maralixibat chloride

STR1

ChemSpider 2D Image | maralixibat chloride | C40H56ClN3O4S

STR1Figure imgf000053_0001

It is well established that agents which inhibit the 20 transport of bile acids across the ileum can also cause a decrease in the level of cholesterol in blood serum. Stedronski, in “Interaction of bile acids and cholesterol with nonsystemic agents having hypocholesterolemic properties,” Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1210 (1994) 255- 25287, discusses biochemistry, physiology, and known active agents affecting bile acids and cholesterol.

A class of ileal bile acid transport-inhibiting compounds which was recently discovered to be useful for influencing the level of blood serum cholesterol is 30 tetrahydrobenzothiepine-l,l-dioxides (THBDO compounds). (U.S. Patent Application No. 08/816,065)

Some classes of compounds show enhanced potency as pharmaceutical therapeutics after they have been enantiomerically-enriched (see, for example, Richard B. Silverman, The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, Academic Press, 1992, pp. 76-82) . Therefore, THBDO compounds that have been enantiomerically-enriched are of particular interest.

A class of chemistry useful as intermediates in the preparation of racemic THBDO compounds is tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1-oxides (THBO compounds) . THBDO compounds and THBO compounds possess chemical structures in which a phenyl ring is fused to a seven-member ring. A method of preparing enantiomerically-enriched samples of another phenyl/seven-member fused ring system, the benzothiazepines, is described by Higashikawa (JP 59144777) , where racemic benzothiazepine derivatives are optically resolved on a chromatographic column containing chiral crown ethers as a stationary phase. Although optical resolution is achieved, the Higashikawa method is limited to producing only small quantities of the enantiomerically-enriched benzothiazepine derivatives. Giordano (CA 2068231) reports the cyclization of (2S, 3S) -aminophenylthiopropionates in the presence of a phosphonic acid to produce (2S, 3S) -benzothiazepin-4-ones . However, that preparation is constrained by the need to use enantiomerically-enriched starting materials rather than racemic starting materials. In addition, the Giordano method controls the stereochemistry of the seven-member ring of the benzothiazepin-4-one only at the 2- and 3 -positions. The 4- and 5-positions of the seven-member ring of the benzothiazepin-4-one are not asymmetric centers, and the stereochemistry at these sites therefore cannot be controlled by the Giordano method. A method by which enantiomerically-enriched 1,5- benzothiazepin-3-hydroxy-4 (5H) -one compounds have been produced is through the asymmetric reduction of 1,5- benzothiazepin-3,4 (2H, 5H) -dione compounds, reported by Yamada, et al . (J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61 (24), 8586-8590). The product is obtained by treating the racemic 1,5- benzothiazepin-3,4 (2H, 5H) -dione with the reaction product of an optically active alpha-amino acid and a reducing agent, for example sodium borohydride. Although a product with high optical purity was achieved, the method is limited by the use of a relatively expensive chemical reduction step.

The microbial reduction of racemic 1, 5-benzothiazepin- 3 , 4 (2H, 5H) -dione compounds to produce enantiomerically- enriched 1, 5-benzothiazepin-3-hydroxy-4 (5H) -one compounds is reported by Patel et al . , U.S. Patent 5,559,017. This method is limited by the inherent problems of maintaining a viable and pure bacterial culture of the appropriate species and variety. In addition, that method is limited in scale, producing only microgram quantities of the desired product. Until now, there have been no reported processes for preparing enantiomerically-enriched THBDO compounds or enantiomerically-enriched THBO compounds. Furthermore, there have been no reported processes for controlling the stereochemistry at the 4- and 5-positions of the seven- member rings of THBDO compounds or THBO compounds

FDA Grants Breakthrough Designation to Shire’s Rare GI Therapies

Tue, 06/14/2016

Shire announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted Breakthrough Therapy Designation for two investigational products for rare diseases: SHP621 (budesonide oral suspension, or BOS) for eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE), and SHP625 (maralixibat) for progressive familial intrahepatic cholestasis type 2 (PFIC2).

“Receiving Breakthrough Therapy Designation on two pipeline products this past week reflects the potential of our strong and innovative pipeline of more than 60 programs,” said Flemming Ornskov, M.D., MPH, and CEO, Shire. “Shire is committed to bringing innovation to the rare and specialty areas we focus on. We persevere to see compounds through the many stages of development through their challenges and successes, and always keep patients with unmet needs top of mind.”

EoE is a serious, chronic and rare disease that stems from an elevated number of eosinophils, a type of white blood cell, that infiltrate the walls of the esophagus. EoE is characterized by an inflammation of the esophagus that may lead to difficulty swallowing (dysphagia). The diagnosed prevalence of EoE ranges from approximately 15-55 cases per 100,000 persons, with high-end estimates reported by studies in Western regions.

PFIC refers to a group of autosomal-recessive liver disorders of childhood that disrupt bile formation and present with cholestasis. The symptoms of PFIC include severe itching of the skin (pruritus), and jaundice. PFIC is estimated to affect 1 in 50,000 to 1 in 100,000 births. PFIC2 is the most common type of PFIC, accounting for around half of cases.

According to the FDA, Breakthrough Therapy Designation is granted to a therapy that is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over current standard of care. Under the designation, the FDA provides intensive guidance, organizational commitment involving senior managers, and eligibility for rolling and priority review of the application; this process helps ensure patients have access to therapies as soon as possible, pending approval. Breakthrough Therapy Designation does not guarantee that FDA will ultimately approve BOS for EoE or maralixibat for PFIC2, and the timing of any such approval is uncertain.

“On behalf of patients in the United States with EoE and PFIC2, we are so pleased that the FDA has granted Breakthrough Therapy Designation to BOS and maralixibat,” said Philip J. Vickers, Ph.D., Head of R&D, Shire. “We look forward to working with the agency to continue their development and, pending FDA approval, deliver these therapeutic options to the patients who need them most.”

Source: Shire

Patent

WO 2003022804

It is well established that agents which inhibit the transport of bile acids across the tissue of the ileum can also cause a decrease in the levels of cholesterol in blood serum. Stedronski, in “Interaction of bile acids and cholesterol with nonsystemic agents having hypocholesterolemic properties,” Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1210 (1994) 255-287 discusses biochemistry, physiology, and known active agents surrounding bile acids and cholesterol. Bile acids are actively transported across the tissue of the ileum by an apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transporter (ASBT), alternatively known as an ileal bile acid transporter (IBAT).
A class of ASBT-inhibiting compounds that was recently discovered to be useful for influencing the level of blood serum cholesterol comprises tetrahydrobenzothiepine oxides (THBO compounds, PCT Patent Application No. WO 96/08484). Further THBO compounds useful as ASBT inhibitors are described in PCT Patent Application No. WO 97/33882.
Additional THBO compounds useful as ASBT inhibitors are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,994,391. Still further THBO compounds useful as ASBT inhibitors are described in PCT Patent Application No. WO 99/64409. Included in the THBO class are tetrahydrobenzo-thiepine-l -oxides and tetrahydrobenzothiepine- 1,1 -dioxides. THBO compounds possess chemical structures in which a phenyl ring is fused to a seven-member ring.

Published methods for the preparation of THBO compounds include the synthesis through an aromatic sulfone aldehyde intermediate. For example l-(2,2-dibutyl-3-oxopropylsulfonyl)-2-((4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)benzene (29) was cyclized with potassium t-butoxide to form tetrahydrobenzothiepine- 1,1 -dioxide (svn-24) as shown in Eq. 1.

Compound 29 was prepared by reacting 2-chloro-5-nitrobenzoic acid chloride with anisole in the presence of aluminum trichloride to produce a chlorobenzophenone compound; the chlorobenzophenone compound was reduced in the presence of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid and triethylsilane to produce a chlorodiphenylmethane compound; the
chlorodiphenylmethane compound was treated with lithium sulfide and 2,2-dibutyl-3-(methanesulfonato)propanal to produce l-(2,2-dibutyl-3-oxopropylthio)-2-((4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-4-dimethylaminobenzene (40); and 40 was oxidized with m-chloroperbenzoic acid to produce 29. The first step of that method of preparing compound 29 requires the use of a corrosive and reactive carboxylic acid chloride that was prepared by the reaction of the corresponding carboxylic acid with phosphorus pentachloride.
Phosphorus pentachloride readily hydrolyzes to produce volatile and hazardous hydrogen chloride. The reaction of 2,2-dibutyl-3-(methanesulfonato)propanal with the lithium sulfide and the chlorodiphenylmethane compound required the intermediacy of a cyclic tin compound to make the of 2,2-dibutyl-3-(methanesulfonato)propanal. The tin compound is expensive and creates a toxic waste stream.
In WO 97/33882 compound syn-24 was dealkylated using boron tribromide to produce the phenol compound 28. Boron tribromide is a corrosive and hazardous material that generates hydrogen bromide gas and requires special handling. Upon hydrolysis, boron tribromide also produces borate salts that are costly and time-consuming to separate and dispose of.

An alternative method of preparing THBO compounds was described in WO
97/33882, wherein a 1,3-propanediol was reacted with thionyl chloride to form a cyclic sulfite compound. The cyclic sulfite compound was oxidized to produce a cyclic sulfate compound. The cyclic sulfate was condensed with a 2-methylthiophenol that had been deprotonated with sodium hydride. The product of the condensation was a (2-methylphenyl) (3′-hydroxypropyl)thioether compound. The thioether compound was oxidized to form an thioether aldehyde compound. The thioether aldehyde compound was further oxidized to form an aldehyde sulfone compound which in turn was cyclized in the presence of potassium t-butoxide to form a 4-hydroxytetrahydrobenzothiepine 1,1 -dioxide compound. This cyclic sulfate route to THBO compounds requires an expensive catalyst. Additionally it requires the use of SOCI2, which in turn requires special equipment to handle.
PCT Patent Application No. WO 97/33882 describes a method by which the phenol compound 28 was reacted at its phenol hydroxyl group to attach a variety of functional groups to the molecule, such as a quaternary ammonium group. For example, (4R,5R)-28 was reacted with l,4-bis(chloromethyl)benzene (?,??’-dichloro-p-xylene) to produce the chloromethyl benzyl- ether (4R,5R)-27. Compound (4R,5R)-27 was treated with diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO) to produce (4R,5R)-l-((4-(4-(3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimemylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-l , 1 -dioxido-1 -benzothiepin-5-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl-4-aza-l-azomabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride (41). This method suffers from low yields because of a propensity for two molecules of compound (4R,5R)-28 to react with one molecule of l,4-bis(chloromethyl)benzene to form a bis(benzothiepine) adduct. Once the bis-adduct forms, the reactive chloromethyl group of compound (4R,5R)-27 is not available to react with an amine to form the quaternary ammonium product.

A method of preparing enantiomerically enriched tetrahydrobenzothiepine oxides is described in PCT Patent Application No. WO 99/32478. In that method, an aryl-3- hydroxypropylsulfide compound was oxidized with an asymmetric oxidizing agent, for example (lR (->(8,9-dichloro-10-camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine, to yield a chiral aryl-3-hydroxypropylsulfoxide. Reaction of the aryl-3-hydroxypropylsulfoxide with an oxidizing agent such as sulfur trioxide pyridine complex yielded an aryl-3-propanalsulfoxide. The aryl- 3-propanalsulfoxide was cyclized with a base such as potassium t-butoxide to
enantioselectively produce a tetrahydrobenzothiepine- 1 -oxide. The tetrahydrobenzothiepine- 1 -oxide was further oxidized to produce a tetrahydrobenzothiepine- 1 , 1 -dioxide. Although this method could produce tetrahydrobenzothiepine- 1,1 -dioxide compounds of high enantiomeric purity, it requires the use of an expensive asymmetric oxidizing agent.
Some 5-amidobenzothiepine compounds and methods to make them are described in

PCT Patent Application Number WO 92/18462.
In Svnlett. 9, 943-944(1995) 2-bromophenyl 3-benzoyloxy-l-buten-4-yl sulfone was treated with tributyl tin hydride and AIBN to produce 3-benzoyloxytetrahydrobenzothiepine-1,1 -dioxide.
In addition to forming the desired ASBT inhibitors, it is also desirable to form such

ASBT inhibitors of higher purity and having lower levels of residual solvent impurities. This is especially so with respect to ASBT inhibitors having a positively charged substituent, for example, the compounds designated as 41 (supra) and 60 (infra).
It is further desirable to provide methods for making such high purity ASBT inhibitors.

Example 11.

Preparation of (4R,5R)- 1 -((4-(4-(3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimemylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4- hydroxy- 1 , 1 -diυxido- 1 -benzithiepin-5-yl)pheπoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl-4-aza- 1 – azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride,
41


41

Ste l. Preparation of (4R.5R1-26.


( 4R, 5R) -26
A 1000 mL 4 neck jacketed Ace reactor flask was fitted with a mechanical stirrer, a nitrogen inlet, an addition funnel or condenser or distilling head with receiver, a
thermocouple, four internal baffles and a 28 mm Teflon turbine agitator. The flask was purged with nitrogen gas and charged with 25.0 grams of (4R,5R)-28 and 125 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAC). To this was added 4.2 grams of 50% sodium hydroxide. The mixture was heated to 50°C and stiπed for 15 minutes. To the flask was added 8.3 grams of 55 dissolved in 10 mL of DMAC, all at once. The temperature was held at 50°C for 24 hrs. To the flask was added 250 mL of toluene followed by 125 mL of dilution water. The mixture was stiπed for 15 minutes and the layers were then allowed to separate at 50°C. The flask was then charged with 125 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution and stiπed 15 minutes. Layers separated cleanly in 30 seconds at 50°C. Approximately half of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum at 50°C. The residual reaction mixture contained (4R,5R)-26.

Step 2. Preparation of (4R.5RV27.


( 4R, 5R) -27
Toluene was charged back to the reaction mixture of Step 1 and the mixture was cooled to 35°C. To the mixture was then added 7.0 grams of thionyl chloride over 5 minutes. The reaction was exothermic and reached 39°C. The reaction turned cloudy on first addition of thionyl chloride, partially cleared then finally remained cloudy. The mixture was stirred for 0.5 hr and was then washed with 0.25N NaOH. The mixture appeared to form a small amount of solids that diminished on stirring, and the layers cleanly separated. The solvent was distilled to a minimum stir volume under vacuum at 50°C. The residual reaction mixture contained (4R,5R)-27.

Step 3. Preparation of 41.
To the reaction mixture of Step 2 was charged with 350 mL of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) followed by 10.5 mL water and 6.4 grams of diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO) dissolved in 10 mL of MEK. The mixture was heated to reflux, and HPLC showed <0.5% of (4R,5R)-27. The reaction remained homogenous initially then crystallized at the completion of the reaction. An additional 5.3 mL of water was charged to the flask to redissolve product. Approximately 160 mL of solvent was then distilled off at atmospheric pressure. The mixture started to form crystals after 70 mL of solvent was distilled. Water separated out of distillate indicating a ternary azeotrope between toluene, water and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). The mixture was then cooled to 25°C. The solids were filtered and washed with 150 mL MEK, and let dry under vacuum at 60°C. Isolated 29.8.0 g of off-white crystalline 4 Example 11a.
Alternate Preparation of (4R,5R)-l-((4-(4-(3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimemylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 4-hydroxy- 1 , 1 -dioxido- 1 -benzithiepin-5-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl-4-aza- 1 – azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride, Form II of 41

A 1000 mL 4 neck jacketed Ace reactor flask is fitted with a mechanical stiπer, a nitrogen inlet, an addition funnel or condenser or distilling head with receiver, a
thermocouple, four internal baffles and a 28 mm Teflon turbine agitator. The flask is purged with nitrogen gas and charged with 25.0 grams of (4R,5R)-28 and 100 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAC). The mixture is heated to 50°C and to it is added 4.02 grams of 50% sodium hydroxide. The mixture is stiπed for 30 minutes. To the flask is added 8.7 grams of 55 dissolved in 12.5 mL of DMAC, all at once. The charge vessel is washed with 12.5 mL DMAC and the wash is added to the reactor. The reactor is stiπed for 3 hours. To the reactor is added 0.19 mL of 49.4% aq. NaOH and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours. To the mixture is added 0.9 g DABCO dissolved in 12.5 mL DMAC. The mixture is stiπed 30 to 60 minutes at 50°C. To the flask is added 225 mL of toluene followed by 125 mL of dilution water. The mixture is stiπed for 15 minutes and the layers are then allowed to separate at 50°C. The bottom aqueous layer is removed but any rag layer is retained. The flask is then charged with 175 mL of 5% hydrochloric acid solution and stiπed 15 minutes. Layers are separated at 50°C to remove the bottom aqueous layer, discarding any rag layer with the aqueous layer. Approximately half of the solvent is distilled off under vacuum at a maximum pot temperature of 80°C. The residual reaction mixture contains (4R,5R)-26.

Step 2. Preparation of (4R.5RV27.

Toluene (225 mL) is charged back to the reaction mixture of Step 1 and the mixture is cooled to 30°C. To the mixture is then added 6.7 grams of thionyl chloride over 30 to 45 minutes. The temperature is maintained below 35°C. The reaction turns cloudy on first addition of thionyl chloride, then at about 30 minutes the layers go back together and form a clear mixture. The mixture is stiπed for 0.5 hr and is then charged with 156.6 mL of 4% NaOH wash over a 30 minute period. The addition of the wash is stopped when the pH of the mixture reaches’ 8.0 to 10.0. The bottom aqueous layer is removed at 30°C and any rag layer is retained with the organic layer. To the mixture is charged 175 mL of saturated NaCl wash with agitation. The layers are separated at 30°C and the bottom aqueous layer is removed, discarding any rag layer with the aqueous layer. The solvent is distilled to a minimum stir volume under vacuum at 80°C. The residual reaction mixture contains (4R,5R)-27.

Step 3. Preparation of 41.
To the reaction mixture of Step 2 is charged 325 mL of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and 13 mL water. Next, the reactor is charged 6.2 grams of diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO) dissolved in 25 mL of MEK. The mixture is heated to reflux and held for 30 minutes. Approximately 10% of solvent volume is then distilled off. The mixture starts to form crystals during distillation. The mixture is then cooled to 20°C for 1 hour. The off-white crystalline 41 (Form U) is filtered and washed with 50 mL MEK, and let dry under vacuum at 100°C.

Example lib.
Alternate Preparation of (4R,5R)-1 -((4-(4-(3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 4-hydroxy- 1 , 1 -dioxido- 1 -benzithiepin-5-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl-4-aza- 1 – azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride, Form II of 41

A 1000 mL 4 neck jacketed Ace reactor flask is fitted with a mechanical stiπer, a nitrogen inlet, an addition funnel or condenser or distilling head with receiver, a
thermocouple, four internal baffles and a Teflon turbine agitator. The flask is purged with nitrogen gas and charged with 25.0 grams of (4R,5R)-28 and 125 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAC). The mixture is heated to 50°C and to it is added 7.11 grams of 30% sodium hydroxide over a period of 15 to 30 minutes with agitation. The mixture is stiπed for 30 minutes. To the flask is added 9.5 grams of solid 55. The reactor is stiπed for 3 hours. To the mixture is added 1.2 g of solid DABCO. The mixture is stiπed 30 to 60 minutes at 50°C. To the flask is added 225 mL of toluene followed by 125 mL of water. The mixture is stirred for 15 minutes and the layers are then allowed to separate at 50°C. The bottom aqueous layer is removed but any rag layer is retained with the organic layer. The flask is then charged with 175 mL of 5% hydrochloric acid solution and stirred 15 minutes. Layers are separated at 50°C to remove the bottom aqueous layer, discarding any rag layer with the aqueous layer. The flask is then charged with 225 mL of water and stirred 15 minutes. The layers are allowed to separate at 50°C. The bottom aqueous layer is removed, discarding any rag layer with the aqueous layer. Approximately half of the solvent is distilled off under vacuum at a maximum pot temperature of 80°C. The residual reaction mixture contains (4R,5R)-26.

Step 2. Preparation of (4R.5RV27.

Toluene (112.5 mL) is charged back to the reaction mixture of Step 1 and the mixture is cooled to 25°C. To the mixture is then added 7.3 grams of thionyl chloride over 15 to 45 minutes. The temperature of the mixture is maintained above 20°C and below 40°C. The reaction turns cloudy on first addition of thionyl chloride, then at about 30 minutes the layers go back together and form a clear mixture. The mixture is then charged with 179.5 mL of 4% NaOH wash over a 30 minute period. The mixture is maintained above 20°C and below 40°C during this time. The addition of the wash is stopped when the pH of the mixture reaches 8.0 to 10.0. The mixture is then allowed to separate at 40°C for at least one hour.

The bottom aqueous layer is removed and any rag layer is retained with the organic layer. To the mixture is charged 200 mL of dilution water. The mixture is stiπed for 15 minutes and then allowed to separate at 40°C for at least one hour. The bottom aqueous layer is removed, discarding any rag layer with the aqueous layer. The solvent is distilled to a minimum stir volume under vacuum at 80°C. The residual reaction mixture contains (4R,5R)-2 .

Step 3. Preparation of 41.
To the reaction mixture of Step 2 is charged 350 mL of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and 7 mL water. The mixture is stiπed for 15 minutes and the temperature of the mixture is adjusted to 25°C. Next, the reactor is charged with 6.7 grams of solid
diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO). The mixture is maintained at 25°C for three to four hours. It is then heated to 65°C and maintained at that temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture is then cooled to 25°C for 1 hour. The off-white crystalline 41 (Form II) is filtered and washed with 50 mL MEK, and let dry under vacuum at 100°C.

Example 12.
Alternate preparation of (4R,5R)-1 -((4-(4-(3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 4-hydroxy- 1 , 1 -dioxido- 1 -benzithiepin-5-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)methyl-4-aza- 1 – azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane chloride, Form I of 41

(4R,5R)-27 (2.82 kg dry basis, 4.7 mol) was dissolved in MTBE (9.4 L). The solution of (4R,5R)-22 was passed through a 0.2 mm filter cartridge into the feeding vessel. The flask and was rinsed with MTBE (2 x 2.5 L). The obtained solution as passed through the cartridge filter and added to the solution of (4R,5R)-2 in the feeding vessel. DABCO
(diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 0.784 kg, 7.0 mol) was dissolved in MeOH (14.2 L). The DABCO solution was passed through the filter cartridge into the 100 L nitrogen-flushed reactor. The Pyrex bottle and the cartridge filter were rinsed with MeOH (7.5 L) and the solution was added to the reactor. The (4R,5R)-22 solution was added from the feeding vessel into the reactor at 37°C over a period of 10 min, while stirring. Methanol (6.5 L) was added to the Pyrex bottle and via the cartridge filter added to the feeding vessel to rinse the remaining (4R,5R)-2 into the reactor. The reaction mixture was brought to 50-60°C over 10-20 min and stiπed at that temperature for about 1 h. The mixture was cooled to 20-25°C over a period of 1 h. To the reaction mixture, methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE) (42 L) was added over a period of 1 h and stiπed for a minimum of 1 h at 20 – 25°C. The suspension was filtered through a Buchner funnel. The reactor and the filter cake were washed with MTBE (2 x 14 L). The solids were dried on a rotary evaporator in a 20 L flask at 400 – 12 mbar, 40°C, for 22 h. A white crystalline solid was obtained. The yield of 4 . (Form I) was 3.08 kg (2.97 kg dry, 93.8 %) and the purity 99.7 area % (HPLC; Kromasil C 4, 250 x 4.6 mm column; 0.05% TFA in H2O/0.05% TFA in ACN gradient, UV detection at 215 nm).

Example 12a.
Conversion of Form I of Compound 41 into Form II of Compound 41.

To 10.0 grams of Form I of 4 . in a 400 mL jacketed reactor is added 140 mL of MEK. The reactor is stirred (358 φm) for 10 minutes at 23 °C for 10 minutes and the stirring rate is then changed to 178 φm. The suspension is heated to reflux over 1 hour using a programmed temperature ramp (0.95°C/minute) using batch temperature control (cascade mode). The delta Tmaχ is set to 5°C. The mixture is held at reflux for 1 hour. The mixture is cooled to

25°C. After 3 hours at 25°C, a sample of the mixture is collected by filtration. Filtration is rapid (seconds) and the filtrate is clear and colorless. The white solid is dried in a vacuum oven (80°C, 25 in. Hg) to give a white solid. The remainder of the suspension is stirred at 25°C for 18 hours. The mixture is filtered and the cake starts to shrink as the mother liquor reaches the top of the cake. The filtration is stopped and the reactor is rinsed with 14 mL of MEK. The reactor stirrer speed is increased from 100 to 300 φm to rinse the reactor. The rinse is added to the filter and the solid is dried with a rapid air flow for 5 minutes. The solid is dried in a vacuum oven at 25 in. Hg for 84 hours to give Form II of 4

PATENT

WO 2014144650

Scheme 3:

PAPER

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2005), 48(18), 5853-5868

Discovery of Potent, Nonsystemic Apical Sodium-Codependent Bile Acid Transporter Inhibitors (Part 2)

Department of Discovery Chemistry and Department of Cardiovascular Disease, Pharmacia, 700 Chesterfield Parkway W, Chesterfield, Missouri 63017, Office of Science and Technology, Chemical Science Division, Pharmacia, 800 Lindbergh Boulevard, Creve Coeur, Missouri 63167, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Pharmacia, Skokie, Illinois, and Department of Chemistry, University of Missouri, St. Louis, Missouri
J. Med. Chem., 2005, 48 (18), pp 5853–5868
DOI: 10.1021/jm0402162

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm0402162

Abstract

Abstract Image

In the preceding paper several compounds were reported as potent apical sodium-codependent bile acid transporter (ASBT) inhibitors. Since the primary site for active bile acid reabsorption is via ASBT, which is localized on the luminal surface of the distal ileum, we reasoned that a nonsystemic inhibitor would be desirable to minimize or eliminate potential systemic side effects of an absorbed drug. To ensure bioequivalency and product stability, it was also essential that we identify a nonhygroscopic inhibitor in its most stable crystalline form. A series of benzothiepines were prepared to refine the structure−activity relationship of the substituted phenyl ring at the 5-position of benzothiepine ring and to identify potent, crystalline, nonhygroscopic, and efficacious ASBT inhibitors with low systemic exposure.

compd R IC50 (nM)b hygroscp I wt gain (%)c hygroscp II % wt gain (%)d crystallinitye
74 OCH2C6H4(p)CH2(N+)DB 0.28 1.59 2.1 yes

(4Rcis)-1-[[4-[[4-[3,3-Dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dioxido-1-benzothiepin-5-yl]phenoxy]methyl]phenyl]methyl]-4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane Chloride Salt (74). Following a similar procedure as in General Method B, the title compound 74 was prepared from the corresponding chloromethyl benzyl ether and DABCO as a white solid, mp 223−230 °C (dec); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 0.89 (m, 6H), 1.27−1.52 (br m, 10H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 6H), 3.06 (ABq, JAB = 15.1 Hz, J = 43.3 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (s, 6H), 3.76 (s, 6H), 4.11 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 6.49 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H). HRMS calcd for C40H56N3O4S:  674.3992; found, 674.4005. Anal. Calcd for C40H56N3O4S:  ‘ C, 67.62; H, 7.95; N, 5.92; S, 4.51. Found:  C, 67.48; H, 8.32; N, 5.85; S, 4.60.

a All compounds were prepared using method B in Scheme 3.b Taurocholate is transported across the baby hamster kidney cell membrane.c % weight gain in a 25 °C, 57% humidity chamber for 2 weeks.d % weight gain in a 40 °C, 80% humidity chamber for 2 weeks.e Crystallinity as determined by X-ray powder diffraction analysis.f (N+)DB is a DABCO terminal group with the quaternary ammonium attached to the linke

ANY ERROR EMAIL amcrasto@gmail.com, +919323115463

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO1999032478A1?cl=en

Inventors James Li, Ching-Cheng Wang, David B. Reitz, Victor Snieckus, Horng-Chih Huang,Andrew J. Carpenter,
Applicant G.D. Searle & Co.

Example 10. Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched (4R.5R)-1- r.4- r _4- .3.3 -Dibutyl-7- (dimethylamino) -2.3 ,4.5- tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-1, l-dioxido-l-benzothiepin-5- yl] henoxy] ethyl] phenyl1methyl] -4-aza-l- azoniabicyclo [2.2.2] octane chloride ( (4R,5R) -XXVII) ♦

Figure imgf000053_0001

( (4R,5R) -XXVII) * = chiral center

Step 1. Preparation of 4-flUoro-2- ( (4- methoxyphenyl) methyl) -phenol To a stirred solution of 23.66 g of 95% sodium hydride (0.94 mol) in 600 mL of dry toluene was added 100.0 g of 4- fluorophenol (0.89 mol) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 90°C for 1 hour until gas evolution stopped. The mixture was cooled down to room temperature and a solution of 139.71 g of 3 -methoxybenzyl chloride (0.89 mol) in 400 mL of dry toluene was added. After refluxing for 24 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with 500 mL of water. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS04, and concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining starting materials were removed by distillation. The crude dark red oil was filtered through a layer of 1 L of silica gel with neat hexane to yield 53.00 g (25.6%) of the product as a pink solid: *H NMR (CDC13) d 3.79 (s, 3H) , 3.90 (s, 2H) , 4.58 (s, IH) , 6.70-6.74 (m, IH) , 6.79-6.88 (m, 4H) , 7.11-7.16 (m, 2H) .

Step 2. Preparation of 4-fluoro-2- ( (4- methoxyphenyl) methyl) -thiophenol

Step 2a. Preparation of thiocarbamate To a stirred solution of 50.00 g (215.30 mmol) of 4- fluoro-2- ( ( -methoxyphenyl) methyl) -phenol in 500 mL of dry DMF was added 11.20 g of 60% sodium hydride dispersion in mineral oil (279.90 mmol) at 2°C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and 26.61 g of dimethylthiocarbamoyl chloride (215.30 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was quenched with 100 mL of water in an ice bath. The solution was extracted with 500 mL of diethyl ether. The ether solution was washed with 500 mL of water and 500 mL of brine. The ether solution was dried over MgS04 and stripped to dryness. The crude product was filtered through a plug of 500 mL silica gel using 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to yield 48.00 g (69.8%) of the product as a pale white solid: XH NMR (CDC13) d 3.21 (s, 3H) , 3.46 (s, 3H) , 3.80 (s, 3H) , 3.82 (s, 2H) , 6.78-6.86 (m, 3H) , 6.90- 7.00 (m, 2H) , 7.09 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H) .

Step 2b. Rearrangement and hydrolysis of thiocarbamate to 4-fluoro-2- ( (4 -methoxyphenyl) methyl) -thiophenol A stirred solution of 48.00 g (150.29 mmol) of thiocarbamate (obtained from Step 2a) in 200 mL of diphenyl ether was refluxed at 270°C overnight. The solution was cooled down to room temperature and filtered through 1 L of silica gel with 2 L of hexane to remove phenyl ether. The rearrangement product was washed with 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 46.00 g (95.8%) of the product as a pale yellow solid: XH NMR (CDC13) d 3.02 (s, 3H) , 3.10 (s, 3H) , 3.80 (s, 3H) , 4.07 (s, 2H) , 6.82-6.86 (m, 3H) , 6.93 (dt, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.7 Hz, IH) , 7.08 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H) , 7.49 (dd, J = 6.0 Hz, 8.7 Hz, IH) . To a solution of 46.00 g (144.02 mmol) of the rearrangement product (above) in 200 mL of methanol and 200 mL of THF was added 17.28 g of NaOH (432.06 mmol) . The mixture was refluxed under nitrogen overnight . The solvents were evaporated off and 200 mL of water was added. The aqueous solution was washed with 200 mL of diethyl ether twice and placed in an ice bath. The aqueous mixture was acidified to pH 6 with concentrated HCl solution. The solution was extracted with 300 mL of diethyl ether twice. The ether layers were combined, dried over MgS04 and stripped to dryness to afford 27.00 g (75.5%) of the product as a brown oil: XH NMR (CDC13) d 3.24 (s, IH) , 3.80 (s, 3H) , 3.99 (s, 2H) , 6.81-6.87 (m, 4H) , 7.09 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H) , 7.27- 7.33 (m, IH) .

Step 3. Preparation of dibutyl cyclic sulfate

Step 3a. Preparation of 2 , 2-dibutyl-l, 3-propanediol . To a stirred solution of di-butyl-diethylmalonate (Aldrich) (150g, 0.55 mol in dry THF (700ml) in an acetone/dry ice bath was added LAH (1 M THF) 662 ml (1.2 eq. , 0.66 mol) dropwise maintaining the temperature between -20 to 0°C. The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was cooled to -20°C and 40 ml of water, and 80 mL of 10% NaOH and 80 ml of water were added dropwise. The resulting suspension was filtered. The filtrate was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to give diol 598.4 g (yield 95%) as an oil. MS spectra and proton and carbon NMR spectra were consistent with the product.

Step 3b. Preparation of dibutyl cyclic sulfite

A solution of 2 , 2-dibutyl-l, 3-propanediol (103 g, 0.548 0 mol, obtained from Step 3a) and triethylamine (221 g, 2.19 mol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (500 ml) was stirred at 0°C under nitrogen. To the mixture, thionyl chloride (97.8* g, 0.82 mol) was added dropwise and within 5 min the solution turned yellow and then black when the addition was 5 completed within half an hour. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hrs. at 0°C. GC showed that there was no starting material left. The mixture was washed with ice water twice then with brine twice . The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum 0 to give 128 g (100%) of the dibutyl cyclic sulfite as a black oil. Mass spectrum (MS) was consistent with the product .

Step 3c. Oxidation of dibutyl cyclic sulfite to 5 dibutyl cyclic sulfate

To a solution of the dibutyl cyclic sulfite (127.5 g , 0.54 mol, obtained from Step 3b) in 600 ml acetonitrile and 500 ml of water cooled in an ice bath under nitrogen was added ruthenium (III) chloride (1 g) and sodium periodate 0 (233 g, 1.08 mol) . The reaction was stirred overnight and the color of the solution turned black. GC showed that there was no starting material left. The mixture was extracted with 300 ml of ether and the ether extract was washed three times with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and passed through celite. The filtrate was 5 concentrated under vacuum and to give 133 g (97.8%) of the dibutyl cyclic sulfate as an oil. Proton and carbon NMR and MS were consistent with the product.

Step 4. Preparation of aryl-3-hydroxypropylsulfide

10 To a stirred solution of 27.00 g (108.73 mmol) of 4- fluoro-2- ( (4-methoxyphenyl) methyl) thiophenol (obtained from Step 2) in 270 mL of diglyme was added 4.35 g of 60% sodium-, hydride dispersion in mineral oil (108.73 mmol) at 0°C. After gas evolution ceased, 29.94 g (119.60 mmol) of the

15 dibutyl cyclic sulfate (obtained from Step 3c) was added at 0°C and stirred for 10 minutes. The mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred overnight. The solvent was evaporated and 200 mL of water was added. The solution was washed with 200 mL of diethyl ether and added

2025 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid to make a 2.0 M solution that was refluxed overnight. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic solution was dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude aryl-3 – hydroxypropylsulfide was purified by silica gel

25 chromatography (Waters Prep 500) using 8% ethyl acetate/hexane to yield 33.00 g (72.5%) of the product as a light brown oil: E NMR (CDC13) d 0.90 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 6H) , 1.14-1.34 (m, 12H) , 2.82 (s, 2H) , 3.48 (s, 2H) , 3.79 (s, 3H) , 4.10 (s, 2H) , 6.77-6.92 (m, 4H) , 7.09 (d, J = 8.7 Hz,

302H) , 7.41 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 5.7 Hz, IH) . Step 5. Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched aryl-3 – hydroxypropylsulfoxide

To a stirred solution of 20.00 g (47.78 mmol) of aryl- 53 -hydroxypropylsulfide (obtained from Step 4) in 1 L of methylene chloride was added 31.50 g of 96% (12?) – ( -) – (8 , 8- dichloro-10-camphor-sulfonyl) oxaziridine (100.34 mmol, Aldrich) at 2°C. After all the oxaziridine dissolved the mixture was placed into a -30 °C freezer for 72 hours. The

10 solvent was evaporated and the crude solid was washed with 1 L of hexane. The white solid was filtered off and the hexane solution was concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified on a silica gel column (Waters Prep 500) using 15% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford 19.00 g (95%) of the

15 enantiomerically-enriched aryl-3 -hydroxypropylsulfoxide as a colorless oil: lH NMR (CDC13) d 0.82-0.98 (m, 6H) , 1.16-1.32 (m, 12H) , 2.29 (d, J – 13.8 Hz, IH) , 2.77 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, IH) , 3.45 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, IH) , 3.69 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, IH) , 3.79 (s, 3H) , 4.02 (q, J = 15.6 Hz, IH) , 6.83-6.93 (m, 3H) ,

207.00 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H) , 7.18-7.23 (m, IH) , 7.99-8.04 (m, IH) . Enantiomeric excess was determined by chiral HPLC on a (2?,2?) -Whelk-0 column using 5% ethanol/hexane as the eluent. It showed to be 78% e.e. with the first eluting peak as the major product.

25

Step 6. Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched aryl-3- propanalsulfoxide

To a stirred solution of 13.27 g of triethylamine (131.16 mmol, Aldrich) in 200 mL dimethyl sulfoxide were

30 added 19.00 g (43.72 mmol) of enantiomerically-enriched aryl-3 -hydroxypropylsulfoxide (obtained from Step 5) and 20.96 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine (131.16 mmol, Aldrich) at room temperature. After the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, 500 mL of water was added to the mixture and stirred vigorously. The mixture was then 5 extracted with 500 mL of ethyl acetate twice. The ethyl acetate layer was separated, dried over MgS04, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was filtered through 500 mL of silica gel using 15% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 17.30 g (91%) of the enantiomerically-enriched aryl-3-

10 propanalsulfoxide as a light orange oil: lE NMR (CDC13) d 0.85-0.95 (m, 6H) , 1.11-1.17 (m, 4H) , 1.21-1.39 (m, 4H) , 1.59-1.76 (m, 4H) , 1.89-1.99 (m, IH) , 2.57 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, IH) , 2.91 (d, J = 13.8 Hz, IH) , 3.79 (s, 3H) , 3.97 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, IH) , 4,12 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, IH) , 6.84-6.89 (m, 3H) ,

157.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H) , 7.19 (dt, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH) , 8.02 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 5.7 Hz, IH) , 9.49 (s, IH) .

Step 7. Preparation of the enantiomerically-enriched tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1-oxide (4R, 5R)

20 To a stirred solution of 17.30 g (39.99 mmol) of enantiomerically-enriched aryl-3 -propanalsulfoxide (obtained from Step 6) in 300 mL of dry THF at -15°C was added 48 mL of 1.0 M potassium t-butoxide in THF (1.2 equivalents) under nitrogen. The solution was stirred at -15°C for 4 hours.

25 The solution was then quenched with 100 mL of water and neutralized with 4 mL of concentrated HCl solution at 0°C. The THF layer was separated, dried over MgS04, and concentrated in vacuo. The enantiomerically-enriched tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1-oxide (4R,5R) was purified by

30 silica gel chromatography (Waters Prep 500) using 15% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 13.44 g (77.7%) of the product as a white solid: ‘H NMR (CDC13) d 0.87-0.97 (m, 6H) , 1.16-1.32 (m, 4H) , 1.34-1.48 (m, 4H) , 1.50-1.69 (m, 4H) , 1.86-1.96 (m, IH) , 2.88 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, IH) , 3.00 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, IH) , 3.85 (s, 3H) , 4.00 (s, IH) , 4.48 (s, IH) , 6.52 (dd, J = 9.9 5Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH) , 6.94 (d, J = 9 Hz, 2H) , 7.13 (dt, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH) , 7.38 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H) , 7.82 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 5.7 Hz, IH) .

Step 8. Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched

10 tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1-dioxide (4R, 5R)

To a stirred solution of 13.44 g (31.07 mmol) of enantiomerically-enriched tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1-oxide (obtained from Step 7) in 150 mL of methylene chloride was added 9.46 g of 68% m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (37.28 mmol,

15 Sigma) at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C for 2 hours, the mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours. 50 mL of saturated Na2S03 was added into the mixture and stirred for 30 minutes. The solution was then neutralized with 50 mL of saturated NaHC03 solution.

20 The methylene chloride layer was separated, dried over MgS04, and concentrated in vacuo to give 13.00 g (97.5%) of the enantiomerically-enriched tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1- dioxide (4R,5R) as a light yellow solid: ‘H NMR (CDC13) d 0.89-0.95 (m, 6H) , 1.09-1.42 (m, 12H) , 2.16-2.26 (m, IH) ,

253.14 (q, J = 15.6 Hz, IH) , 3.87 (s, 3H) , 4.18 (s, IH) , 5.48 (s, IH) , 6.54 (dd, J = 10.2 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH) , 6.96-7.07 (m, 3H) , 7.40 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H) , 8.11 (dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 5.9 Hz, IH) .

30 Step 9. Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched 7-

(dimethylamino) tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1 , 1-dioxide (4R.5R) – To a solution of 13.00 g (28.98 mmol) of enantiomerically-enriched tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1- dioxide (obtained from Step 8) in 73 mL of dimethylamine (2.0 M in THF, 146 mmol) in a Parr Reactor was added ca . 20 5 mL of neat dimethylamine . The mixture was sealed and stirred at 110 °C overnight, and cooled to ambient temperature. The excess dimethylamine was evaporated. The crude oil was dissolved in 200 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with 100 mL of water, dried over MgS04 and

10 concentrated in vacuo. Purification on a silica gel column (Waters Prep 500) using 20% ethyl acetate/hexane gave 12.43 g (90.5%) of the enantiomerically- enriched 7- (dimethylamino) tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1-dioxide (4R, 5R) as a colorless solid: *H NMR (CDC13) d 0.87-0.93 (m, 6H) ,

151.10-1.68 (m, 12H) , 2.17-2.25 (m, IH) , 2.81 (s, 6H) , 2.99 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, IH) , 3.15 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, IH) , 3.84 (s, 3H) , 4.11 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH) , 5.49 (s, IH) , 5.99 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH) , 6.51 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.4 Hz, IH) , 6.94 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H) , 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H) , 7.90 (d, J = 8.7 Hz,

20 IH) . The product was determined to have 78% e.e. by chiral HPLC on a Chiralpak AD column using 5% ethanol/hexane as the eluent. Recrystallization of this solid from ethyl acetate/hexane gave 1.70 g of the racemic product. The remaining solution was concentrated and recrystallized to

25 give 9.8 g of colorless solid. Enantiomeric excess of this solid was determined by chiral HPLC on a Chiralpak AD column using 5% ethanol/hexane as the eluent. It showed to have 96% e.e with the first eluting peak as the major product.

30 Step 10: Demethylation of 5- (4 ‘ -methoxyphenyl) -7-

(dimethylamino) tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1.1-dioxide (4R, 5R) To a solution of 47 g (99 mmol) of enantiomeric- enriched (dimethylamino) tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1-dioxide (obtained from Step 9) in 500 mL of methylene chloride at -10 °C was added dropwise a solution of boron tribromide (297 mL, 1M in methylene chloride, 297 mmol), and the resulting solution was stirred cold (-5 °C to 0 °C) for 1 hour or until the reaction was complete. The reaction was cooled in an acetone-dry ice bath at -10 °C, and slowly quenched with 300 mL of water. The mixture was warmed to 10 °C, and further diluted with 300 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution to neutralize the mixture. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with 300 mL of methylene chloride, and the combined extracts were washed with 200 mL of water, brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 500 mL of ethyl acetate and stirred with 50 mL of glacial acetic acid for 30 minutes at ambient temperature. The mixture was washed twice with 200 mL of water, 200 mL of brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude 4-hydroxyphenyl intermediate. The solid residue was recrystallized from methylene chloride to give 37.5 g (82%) of the desired (4R, 5R) -5- (4′ – hydoxyphenyl) -7- (dimethylamino) tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1- dioxide as a white solid: *H NMR (CDC13) d 0.84-0.97 (m, 6H) , 1.1-1.5 (m, 10H) , 1.57-1.72 (m, IH) , 2.14-2.28 (m, IH) , 2.83 (s, 6H) , 3.00 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, IH) , 3.16 (d, J – 15.3 Hz, IH) , 4.11 (s, 2H) , 5.48 (s, IH) , 6.02 (d, J – 2.4 Hz, IH) , 6.55 (dd, J = 9, 2.4 Hz, IH) , 6.88 (d, 8 , 7 Hz , 2H) , 7.38 (d, J – 8.7 Hz, 2H) , 7.91 (d, J = 9 Hz, 2H) .

Step 11: Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched chlorobenzyl intermediate Treat a solution of enantiomerically-enriched (4R,5R)- 5- (4′ -hydoxypheny1) -7- (dimethylamino) tetrahydrobenzothiepine-1, 1-dioxide (5.0 g, 10.9 mmol, obtained from Step 10) in acetone (100 mL) at 25 °C under N2 with powdered 5 K2C03 (2.3 g, 16.3 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and a, a’ -dichloro-p-xylene (6.7 g, 38.1 mmol, 3.5 eq.) . Stir the resulting solution at 65 °C for about 48 hours. Cool the reaction mixture to 25 °C and concentrate to 1/5 of original volume. Dissolve the residue in EtOAc (150 mL) and wash with water (2 x 150 mL) .

10 Extract the aqueous layer with EtOAc (2 x 150 mL) and wash the combined organic extracts with saturated aqueous NaCI (2 x 150 mL. Dry the combined extracts with MgS04 and concentrate in vacuo to provide the crude product . Purification by flash chromatography (5.4 x 45 cm silica,

1525-40% EtOAc/hexane) will afford the enantiomerically- enriched chlorobenzyl intermediate .

Step 12: Preparation of enantiomerically-enriched (4R.5R)- 1- r [4- [ [4- [3 , 3-Dibutyl-7- (dimethylamino) -2,3 , 4 , 5-tetrahvdro-

204 -hydroxy-1.1-dioxido-1-benzothiepin-5- yl] phenoxy] methyll phenyl! methyl] -4-aza-l- azoniabicyclo f2.2.2] octane chloride (XXVII)

Treat a solution of the enantiomerically-enriched chlorobenzyl intermediate (4.6 g, 7.7 mmol, obtained from

25 above in Step 11) in acetonitrile (100 mL) at 25 °C under N2 with diazabicyclo [2.2.2] -octane (DABCO, 0.95 g, 8.5 mmol, 1.1 eq.) and stir at 35 °C for 2 hours. Collect the precipitated solid and wash with CH3CN. Recrystallization from CH3OH/Et20 will give the desired title compound (XXVII) .

ANY ERROR,  EMAIL amcrasto@gmail.com, +919323115463

///////////FDA, Breakthrough Designation,  Shire, Rare GI Therapies, SHP625, maralixibat, progressive familial intrahepatic , Maralixibat chloride, 228113-66-4, UNII: V78M04F0XC, LUM 001, Lopixibat chloride, cholestasis type 2 (PFIC2), Maralixibat Chloride,  ماراليكسيبات كلوريد ,  氯马昔巴特 , Мараликсибата хлорид

CCCCC1(CS(=O)(=O)c2ccc(cc2[C@H]([C@H]1O)c3ccc(cc3)OCc4ccc(cc4)C[N+]56CCN(CC5)CC6)N(C)C)CCCC.[Cl-]


Filed under: Breakthrough Therapy Designation Tagged: 228113-66-4, Breakthrough Designation, cholestasis type 2 (PFIC2), Мараликсибата хлорид, fda, Lopixibat chloride, LUM 001, maralixibat, Maralixibat chloride, progressive familial intrahepatic, Rare GI Therapies, shire, SHP625, UNII: V78M04F0XC, ماراليكسيبات كلوريد, 氯马昔巴特

GSK 1070916 For Advanced solid tumor

$
0
0

GSK 1070916

NMI-900 , GSK-1070916, GSK-1070916A

4-[3-(4-N,N-Dimethylcarbamylaminophenyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-2-[3-(dimethylaminomethyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine

N’-[4-[4-[2-[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]phenyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]phenyl]-N,N-dimethylurea

CAS 942918-07-2,

MFC30H33N7O,

MW507.63

PHASE 1/II , Advanced solid tumor, Cancer Research Technology,

off-white solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.14 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (dd, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 2.91 (s, 6H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 1.51 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).

MS m/z 508.4 [M + H]+. Anal. (C30H33N7O·1.0H2O) C, H, N.

GSK1070916 is a reversible and ATP-competitive inhibitor of Aurora B/C with IC50 of 3.5 nM/6.5 nM; displays >100-fold selectivity against the closely related Aurora A-TPX2 complex(IC50=490 nM).

NMI-900, an Aurora B/C kinase inhibitor, is under development at Cancer Research Technology in phase I/II clinical studies for the treatment of advanced and/or metastatic solid tumors. Other phase I clinical trials for the treatment of solid tumors had been previously completed, in a collaboration between GlaxoSmithKline and Cancer Research Technology, under the Cancer Research UK’s Clinical Development Partnerships (CDP) program.

The drug was originated by GlaxoSmithKline. The rights of the product were acquired by Cancer Research Technology from GlaxoSmithKline after the company elected not to take the program forward. In December 2015, the product was licensed by Cancer Research Technology to Nemucore Medical Innovations for the exclusive worldwide development and commercialization for the treatment of difficult-to-treat cancers.

GSK-1070916

PATENT

US 20070149561

https://www.google.com/patents/US20070149561

PAPER

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2010), 53 (10), 3973-4001

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm901870q

Discovery of GSK1070916, a Potent and Selective Inhibitor of Aurora B/C Kinase

Cancer Research, Oncology R&D
Molecular Discovery Research
GlaxoSmithKline, 1250 South Collegeville Road, Collegeville, Pennsylvania 19426
§ Tsukuba Research Laboratories, Japan
J. Med. Chem., 2010, 53 (10), pp 3973–4001
DOI: 10.1021/jm901870q
Abstract Image

The Aurora kinases play critical roles in the regulation of mitosis and are frequently overexpressed or amplified in human tumors. Selective inhibitors may provide a new therapy for the treatment of tumors with Aurora kinase amplification. Herein we describe our lead optimization efforts within a 7-azaindole-based series culminating in the identification of GSK1070916 (17k). Key to the advancement of the series was the introduction of a 2-aryl group containing a basic amine onto the azaindole leading to significantly improved cellular activity. Compound 17k is a potent and selective ATP-competitive inhibitor of Aurora B and C with Ki* values of 0.38 ± 0.29 and 1.5 ± 0.4 nM, respectively, and is >250-fold selective over Aurora A. Biochemical characterization revealed that compound 17k has an extremely slow dissociation half-life from Aurora B (>480 min), distinguishing it from clinical compounds 1 and 2. In vitro treatment of A549 human lung cancer cells with compound 17k results in a potent antiproliferative effect (EC50 = 7 nM). Intraperitoneal administration of 17k in mice bearing human tumor xenografts leads to inhibition of histone H3 phosphorylation at serine 10 in human colon cancer (Colo205) and tumor regression in human leukemia (HL-60). Compound 17k is being progressed to human clinical trials.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jm901870q………..PDF FILE

STR1

PAPER

Molecules 2014, 19(12), 19935-19979; doi:10.3390/molecules191219935

http://www.mdpi.com/1420-3049/19/12/19935/htm

http://www.mdpi.com/1420-3049/19/12/19935/htm

Biological Activity of GSK-1070916

GSK1070916 is a reversible and ATP-competitive inhibitor of Aurora B/C with IC50 of 3.5 nM/6.5 nM; displays >100-fold selectivity against the closely related Aurora A-TPX2 complex(IC50=490 nM).
IC50 Value: 3.5 nM(Aurora B); 6.5 nM(Aurora C)
Target: Aurora B/C
in vitro: GSK1070916 selectively inhibits Aurora B and Aurora C with Ki of 0.38 nM and 1.5 nM over Aurora A with Ki of 490 nM. Inhibition of Aurora B and Aurora C is time-dependent, with an enzyme-inhibitor dissociation half-life of >480 min and 270 min respectively. In addition, GSK1070916 is also a competitive inhibitor with respect to ATP. Human tumor cells treated with GSK1070916 shows dose-dependent inhibition of phosphorylation on serine 10 of Histone H3, a substrate specific for Aurora B. Moreover, GSK1070916 inhibits the proliferation of tumor cells with EC50 values of <10 nM in over 100 cell lines spanning a broad range of tumor types, with a median EC50 of 8 nM. Although GSK1070916 has potent activity against proliferating cells, a dramatic shift in potency is observed in primary, nondividing, normal human vein endothelial cells. Furthermore, GSK1070916-treated cells do not arrest in mitosis but instead fails to divide and become polyploid, ultimately leading to apoptosis. In another study, it is also reported high chromosome number associated with resistance to the inhibition of Aurora B and C suggests cells with a mechanism to bypass the high ploidy checkpoint are resistant to GSK1070916.
in vivo: GSK1070916 (25, 50, or 100 mg/kg) shows dose-dependent inhibition of phosphorylation of an Aurora B–specific substrate in mice and consistent with its broad cellular activity, has antitumor effects in 10 human tumor xenograft models including breast, colon, lung, and two leukemia models.

Clinical Information of GSK-1070916

Product Name Sponsor Only Condition Start Date End Date Phase Last Change Date
GSK-1070916 Cancer Research UK Advanced solid tumor 31-MAR-10 31-MAR-13 Phase 1 17-JUN-13

References on GSK-1070916

[1]. Anderson K, et al. Biochemical characterization of GSK1070916, a potent and selective inhibitor of Aurora B and Aurora C kinases with an extremely long residence time1. Biochem J. 2009 May 13;420(2):259-65.
Abstract


[2]. Hardwicke, Mary Ann; Oleykowski, Catherine A.; Plant, Ramona; GSK1070916, a potent Aurora B/C kinase inhibitor with broad antitumor activity in tissue culture cells and human tumor xenograft models. Molecular Cancer Therapeutics (2009), 8(7), 1808-1817.

[3]. Moy C, Oleykowski CA, Plant R, Greshock J, Jing J, Bachman K, Hardwicke MA, Wooster R, Degenhardt Y.High chromosome number in hematological cancer cell lines is a negative predictor of response to the inhibition of Aurora B and C by GSK1070916.J Transl Med. 2011 Jul 15;9:110.

[4]. Adams ND, Adams JL, Burgess JL, Chaudhari AM, Copeland RA, Donatelli CA, Drewry DH, Fisher KE, Hamajima T, Hardwicke MA, Huffman WF, Koretke-Brown KK, Lai ZV, McDonald OB, Nakamura H, Newlander KA, Oleykowski CA, Parrish CA, Patrick DR, Plant R, Sarpong MA, Sasaki K, Schmidt SJ, Silva DJ, Sutton D, Tang J, Thompson CS, Tummino PJ, Wang JC, Xiang H, Yang J, Dhanak D.Discovery of GSK1070916, a potent and selective inhibitor of Aurora B/C kinase.J Med Chem. 2010 May 27;53(10):3973-4001.

[5]. Medina JR, Grant SW, Axten JM, Miller WH, Donatelli CA, Hardwicke MA, Oleykowski CA, Liao Q, Plant R, Xiang H.Discovery of a new series of Aurora inhibitors through truncation of GSK1070916.Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2010 Apr 15;20(8):2552-5. Epub 2010 Mar 1.

http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/ben/lddd/2014/00000012/00000001/art00003?crawler=true

/////////////GSK1070916, GSK-1070916,  942918-07-2 GSK, phase1, Advanced solid tumor, NMI-900 , GSK-1070916, GSK-1070916A


Filed under: cancer, PHASE 1, PHASE1, Phase2 drugs Tagged: 942918-07-2 GSK, Advanced solid tumor, GSK-1070916, GSK-1070916A, GSK1070916, NMI-900, PHASE1

AMG 900, An aurora kinase (ARK) inhibitor potentially for the treatment of leukemia and solid tumours

$
0
0

AMG-900

N-(4-((3-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-1-amine.

N-(4-(3-(2-Aminopyrimidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-1-amine

Phase I

Amgen Inc. INNOVATOR

Inventors Victor J. Cee, Holly L. Deak, Bingfan Du,Stephanie D. Geuns-Meyer, Brian L. Hodous,Hanh Nho Nguyen, Philip R. Olivieri, Vinod F. Patel, Karina Romero, Laurie Schenkel,Less «
Applicant Amgen Inc.

An aurora kinase (ARK) inhibitor potentially for the treatment of leukemia and solid tumours.

CAS No. 945595-80-2

In 2014, orphan drug designation was assigned in the U.S. for the treatment of ovarian cancer

Molecular Formula: C28H21N7OS
Molecular Weight: 503.57764 g/mo
AMG 900; AMG-900; 945595-80-2; AMG900; UNII-9R2G075611; N-(4-((3-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-1-amine;

AMG 900 is a small-molecule inhibitor of Aurora kinases A, B and C with potential antineoplastic activity. Aurora kinase inhibitor AMG 900 selectively binds to and inhibits the activities of Aurora kinases A, B and C, which may result in inhibition of cellular division and proliferation in tumor cells that overexpress these kinases. Aurora kinases are serine-threonine kinases that play essential roles in mitotic checkpoint control during mitosis and are overexpressed by a wide variety of cancer cell types. Check for active clinical trials or closed clinical trials using this agent

AMG 900 is a potent and highly selective pan-Aurora kinases inhibitor for Aurora A/B/C with IC50 of 5 nM/4 nM /1 nM;  >10-fold selective for Aurora kinases than p38α, Tyk2, JNK2, Met and Tie2.
IC50 Value: 5 nM(Aurora A); 4 nM(Aurora B); 1 nM(Aurora C)
Target: pan-Aurora
in vitro: AMG 900 is a novel class of ATP-competitive phthalazinamine small molecule inhibitors of aurora kinases. In HeLa cells, AMG 900 inhibits autophosphorylation of aurora-A and -B as well as phosphorylation of histone H3 on Ser, a proximal substrate of aurora-B. The predominant cellular response of tumor cells to AMG 900 treatment is aborted cell division without a prolonged mitotic arrest, which ultimately results in cell death. AMG 900 inhibits the proliferation of 26 tumor cell lines, including cell lines resistant to the antimitotic drug paclitaxel and to other aurora kinase inhibitors (AZD1152, MK-0457, and PHA-739358), at low nanomolar concentrations (about 2- 3 nM). Furthermore, AMG 900 is active in an AZD1152-resistant HCT116 variant cell line that harbors an aurora-B mutation (W221L) [1].
in vivo: Oral administration of AMG 900 blocks the phosphorylation of histone H3 in a dose-dependent manner and significantly inhibited the growth of HCT116 tumor xenografts. AMG 900 is broadly active in multiple xenograft models, including 3 multidrugresistant xenograft models, representing 5 tumor types [1]. AMG 900 exhibits a low-to-moderate clearance and a small volume of distribution. Its terminal elimination half-life ranged from 0.6 to 2.4 hours. AMG 900 is well-absorbed in fasted animals with an oral bioavailability of 31% to 107%. Food intake has an effect on rate (rats) or extent (dogs) of AMG 900 oral absorption. The clearance and volume of distribution at steady state in humans are predicted to be 27.3 mL/h/kg and 93.9 mL/kg, respectively. AMG 900 exhibits acceptable PK properties in preclinical species and is predicted to have low clearance in humans [2].

In mammalian cells, the aurora kinases (aurora-A, -B, and -C) play essential roles in regulating cell division. The expression of aurora-A and -B is elevated in a variety of human cancers and is associated with high proliferation rates and poor prognosis, making them attractive targets for anticancer therapy. AMG 900 is an orally bioavailable, potent, and highly selective pan-aurora kinase inhibitor that is active in taxane-resistant tumor cell lines. In tumor cells, AMG 900 inhibited autophosphorylation of aurora-A and -B as well as phosphorylation of histone H3 on Ser(10), a proximal substrate of aurora-B. The predominant cellular response of tumor cells to AMG 900 treatment was aborted cell division without a prolonged mitotic arrest, which ultimately resulted in cell death. AMG 900 inhibited the proliferation of 26 tumor cell lines, including cell lines resistant to the antimitotic drug paclitaxel and to other aurora kinase inhibitors (AZD1152, MK-0457, and PHA-739358), at low nanomolar concentrations. Furthermore, AMG 900 was active in an AZD1152-resistant HCT116 variant cell line that harbors an aurora-B mutation (W221L). Oral administration of AMG 900 blocked the phosphorylation of histone H3 in a dose-dependent manner and significantly inhibited the growth of HCT116 tumor xenografts. Importantly, AMG 900 was broadly active in multiple xenograft models, including 3 multidrug-resistant xenograft models, representing 5 tumor types. AMG 900 has entered clinical evaluation in adult patients with advanced cancers and has the potential to treat tumors refractory to anticancer drugs such as the taxanes.

MG 900 is an orally bioavailable, potent, and highly selective pan-aurora kinase inhibitor that is active in taxane-resistant tumor cell lines. In tumor cells, AMG 900 inhibited autophosphorylation of aurora-A and -B as well as phosphorylation of histone H3 on Ser10, a proximal substrate of aurora-B. The predominant cellular response of tumor cells to AMG 900 treatment was aborted cell division without a prolonged mitotic arrest, which ultimately resulted in cell death. AMG 900 inhibited the proliferation of 26 tumor cell lines, including cell lines resistant to the antimitotic drug paclitaxel and to other aurora kinase inhibitors (AZD1152, MK-0457, and PHA-739358), at low nanomolar concentrations. Furthermore, AMG 900 was active in an AZD1152-resistant HCT116 variant cell line that harbors an aurora-B mutation (W221L). Oral administration of AMG 900 blocked the phosphorylation of histone H3 in a dose-dependent manner and significantly inhibited the growth of HCT116 tumor xenografts. Importantly, AMG 900 was broadly active in multiple xenograft models, including 3 multidrug-resistant xenograft models, representing 5 tumor types. AMG 900 has entered clinical evaluation in adult patients with advanced cancers and has the potential to treat tumors refractory to anticancer drugs such as the taxanes. (Source: Cancer Res; 70(23); 9846–54.)

Clinical Information of AMG 900

Product Name Sponsor Only Condition Start Date End Date Phase Last Change Date
AMG 900 Amgen Inc Leukemia 31-JUL-11 31-JUL-14 Phase 1 14-SEP-13
Amgen Inc Advanced solid tumor 30-APR-09 30-JUN-13 Phase 1 10-SEP-13

AMG 900.png

PATENT

WO 2007087276

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2007087276A1?cl=en

PATENT

WO 2015084649

https://google.com/patents/WO2015084649A1?cl=en

The compound, N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridinyl)oxy)phenyl)- 4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-l-phthalazinamine, also chemically named as 4-((3-(2-amino- pyrimidin-4-yl)-pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl-(4-(4-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-phthalazin-l- yl)amine, and is referred to herein as “AMG 900” has a chemical structure of

AMG 900 is an ATP competitive small molecule Aurora kinase inhibitor that is highly potent and selective for Aurora kinases A, B and C. AMG 900 is disclosed in US patent publication no. 20070185111, which published on August 9, 2007 and issued as U.S. Patent No. 7,560,551. AMG 900 is further disclosed in US patent publication no.

20090163501, now US patent no 8,022,221. Various uses and applications of AMG 900 are described in patent publications US20120028917 and WO2013149026. AMG 900 is being clinically evaluated primarily for its safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic (PK) profile in human phase I trials for (1) advanced solid tumors (US Clinical Trial Id No. NCT00858377), and (2) for acute leukemias (US Clinical Trial Id No. NCT1380756).

Different solid state forms of a given compound are typically investigated to determine whether or not a particular form possesses and/or exhibits desirable properties allowing that compound to be clinically and/or commercially developed. Such beneficial and advantageous properties, by way of example, include without limitation, crystallinity, improved thermodynamic stability, non-hygroscopicity, high purity, minimal to total absence of moisture and/or residual solvents, chemical stability, high yielding synthetic process and/or manufacturability and reproducibility, desirable biopharmaceutical properties including improved dissolution characteristics and increased bioavailability, absence or reduced toxicities due to reduced or limited exposure, rate of exposure or release, or related to counter ions, good bulk and formulation properties including good flow, bulk density, desirable particle size and the like, or a combination of the aforementioned characteristic attributes.

Generally when a compound, also referred to herein as drug substance (DS), has been identified as a developmental candidate, the DS is screened to identify potentially beneficial polymorphic, crystalline or solid state forms of the compound and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. X-ray diffraction, Raman, solid state NMR and a melting point temperature and/or a melting point temperature range have been typically used to monitor or screen and identify the different polymorphic form of the DS.

Different polymorphic forms of a given DS can have an impact on that compound’s solubility, stability and bioavailability. Also, it is important to monitor possible changes in polymorphic forms of the DS during stability studies.

AMG 900 was previously isolated and identified as a free base compound. This compound exhibited rather lack-luster pharmacokinetic (PK) and/or pharmacodynamic (PD) properties, including poor aqueous solubility, poor bioavailability, poor absorption, poor target exposure and overall, a not-so-attractive in-vivo efficacy profile. Thus, there is a need to address and solve the technical problem of identifying alternative forms of AMG 900 to achieve substantially the same effect or an improved effect, including improved PK and PD profiles, as that of AMG 900 known in the art.

Example 1

Synthesis of N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinylN)-2-pyridinylN)oxyN)phenylN)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienvD-l-phthalazinamine (AMG 900)

Step 1 : 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2 -amine

In an argon purged 500 mL round bottom flask placed in an isopropanol bath, was added sodium metal (3.40g, 148mmol) slowly to methanol (180mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature (RT) for about 30 minutes. To this was added guanidine hydrochloride (12.0 mL, 182 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes, followed by addition of (E)-l-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)-3-(dimethylamino)prop-2-en-l-one (12.0 g, 57.0 mmol), attached air condenser, moved reaction to an oil bath, where it was heated to about 50 °C for 24 hr. Approximately half of the methanol was evaporated under reduced pressure and the solids were filtered under vacuum, then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO and H^O, air dried to yield 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine as off white solid. MS m/z = 207 [M+l]+. Calc’d for C9H7C1N4: 206.63.

Step 2: 4-(2-(4-aminophenoxy)pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

To a resealable tube was added 4-aminophenol (1.3 g, 12 mmol), cesium carbonate (7.8 g, 24 mmol), and DMSO (16 ml, 0.75 M). The mixture was heated to 100 °C for 5 minutes, and then 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2 -amine (2.5 g, 12 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated to 130 °C overnight. Upon completion, as judged by LCMS, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT and diluted with water. The resulting precipitate was filtered, and the solid washed with water and diethyl ether. The solid was then taken up in 9: 1 CH2Cl2:MeOH and passed through a pad of silica gel with 9:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH as eluent. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo to provide the desired product, 4-(2-(4-aminophenoxy)pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine. MS m/z = 280

[M+l]+. Calc’d for Ci5H13N50: 279.30.

Step 3: l-Chloro-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine

1 ,4-Dichlorophthalazine (1.40 g, 7.03 mmol), 4-methyltmophen-2-ylboronic acid (999 mg, 7.03 mmol), and PdCl2(DPPF) (721 mg, 985 μιηοΐ) were added into a sealed tube. The tube was purged with Argon. Then sodium carbonate (2.0 M in water) (7.74 ml, 15.5 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (35.2 ml, 7.03 mmol) were added. The tube was sealed, stirred at RT for 5 min, and placed in a preheated oil bath at 110 °C. After 1 hr, LC-MS showed product and byproduct (double coupling), and starting material

dichlorophthalazme. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through a pad of celite with an aid of ethyl acetate (EtOAc), concentrated, and loaded onto column. The product was purified by column chromatography using Hex to remove the top spot, then 80:20 hexanes:EtOAc to collect the product. The product, 1 -chloro-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine was obtained as yellow solid. LC-MS showed that the product was contaminated with a small amount of dichlorophthalazme and biscoupling byproduct. MS m/z = 261 [M+l]+. Calcd for Ci3H9ClN2S: 260.12.

Step 4: N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine

To 4-(2-(4-aminophenoxy)pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2 -amine and l-chloro-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)phthalazine was added tBuOH. The resulting mixture was heated at 100 °C in a sealed tube for 16 hours. The rection was diluted with diethyl ether and saturated sodium carbonate and vigorously shaken. The resulting solids were filtered and washed with water, diethyl ether and air dried to yield N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-l -phthalazinamine as an off-white solid. MS m/z = 504 [M+H]+. Calc’d for C28 H21 N7 O S: 503.58.

Example 2

Alternative Synthesis of N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinylN)-2-pyridinylN)oxyN)phenylN)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienvD-l-phthalazinamine (AMG 900)

Step 1 : 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2 -amine

In an argon purged 500 mL round bottom flask placed in an isopropanol bath, was added sodium metal (3.40g, 148mmol) slowly to methanol (180mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature (RT) for about 30 minutes. To this was added guanidine hydrochloride (12.0 mL, 182 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes, followed by addition of (E)-l-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)-3-(dimethylamino)prop-2-en-l-one (12.0 g, 57.0 mmol), attached air condenser, moved reaction to an oil bath, where it was heated to about 50 °C for 24 hr. Approximately half of the methanol was evaporated under reduced pressure and the solids were filtered under vacuum, then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO and H^O, air dried to yield 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine as off white solid. MS m/z = 207 [M+l]+. Calc’d for C9H7C1N4: 206.63.

Step 2: 4-(2-(4-aminophenoxy)pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine

To a reaction vessel at ambient temperature was added 4-aminophenol (571 g, 5.25 mol, 1.05 equiv) followed by 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine (1064g, 97 wt%, 5.00 mol, 1.0 equiv) and DMSO (7110 ml, 7820 g, 7x the volume of 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2 -amine). The reaction mixture was agitated and sparged with nitrogen gas for at least 10 minutes. Then a 50 weight % aqueous KOH solution (593 g, 5.25 mol, 1.05 equiv.) was added to the mixture while keeping the reaction

mixture temperature below about 40°C. The mixture was sparged with nitrogen gas for more than 5 minutes, the sparging tube was removed, and the reaction mixture was heated to 110 +/- 10 °C for at least 1.5 hrs. Upon completion, as judged by HPLC, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT and diluted with 6N HC1 (42 mL, 0.25 mol, 0.05 equiv). The desired product, 4-(2-(4-aminophenoxy)pyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2 -amine was not isolated. Rather, it was formed in-situ and combined with the product of step 3 below, in step 4 to form the desired product.

Step 3: l-Chloro-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine

A separate reaction vessel was fitted with a reflux condenser and an addition funnel, and 4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one (1,537 mg, 6.34 mol, 1.0 equivalent) was added to the reaction vessel. Acetonitrile (7540 mL, 5859 g, 5 V), was added and the reaction vessel was agitated to allow the starting material to dissolve. The vessel was then charged with phosphorus oxychloride (709 ml, 1166 g, 7.44 mol, 1.2 equivalents) and the reaction was heated to about 75 +/- 5 °C for a least 4 hrs. The reaction was cooled to about about 25 +/- 5 °C and held there for more than 24 hrs. N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3046 g, 4100 mL, 3.8 equivalents) was added to the reaction vessel and the temperature was maintained at <30°C. Pyridine (97g, 1.24 mol, 0.2 equiv) was added in a single portion followed by water (4100 g, 2.7V) over more than 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature ofr about 24 hrs. the mixture was filtered through a <25uM polypropylene filter and the rsulting mother liquor was diluted with 1 : 1 ACN:water (9000 mL total) and stirred for a minimum of 2 minutes. Filter off product solids as they precipitate. Collect mother liquor and washes to obtain additional product. Dry the filter cake, and additional product crops, under a constant stream of nitrogen gas for at least 14 hrs. Unlike the previous method, the present method avoids contamination of impurities, such as dichlorophthalazine and biscoupling byproduct, as seen via LC-MS. Yield: 1537 g (97.2 weight %). MS m/z = 261 [M+l]+. Calcd for Ci3H9ClN2S: 260.12.

Step 4: N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine

To the reaction mixture was added l-chloro-4(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine

(1450g, 97.2 wt%, 5.40 mol, 1.08 equiv) rinding the addition port with DMSO (520 ml, 572 g, 0.5x the volume of 4-(2-chloropyridin-3-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine). The reaction mixture was again agitated and sparged with nitrogen gas for at least 10 minutes. The sparging tube was removed, and the reaction mixture was heated to 80 +/- 20 °C for at least 2 hrs. Upon completion, as judged by HPLC, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (776 g, 1045 mL, 6.0 mol, 1.2 equiv) was added and the mixture was kept at about 80 +/- 10°C. Filter the mixture at about 80oC into a separate reactor vessel rinsing with DMSO (1030 mL, 1133 g, 1 V). Then adjust the raction mixture temperature to about 70+/-5 °C and add 2-propanol (13200 mL, 10360 g, 12.75 V) over more than 15 minutes at about 70°C. As the reaction mistreu cools, the product begins to precipitate out of solution. Add more 2-propanol (8780 mL, 6900 g, 8.5V) to the solution slowly over more then 60 minutes at about 70°C. The reactor vessel was cooled to about 20°C over more than 60 minutes and let sit for over 2 hrs. The product was filtered through an Aurora filter with a >25uM polypropylene filter cloth. Additional crops were obtained from the mother liquors by diluting with additional 2-propanol. The filter cakes were dried under a constant stream of nitrogen gas for at least 14 hrs to provide the desired product, N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-l-phthalazinamine as an off-white solid. Yield: 2831 g (88.8%); purity 99.7%. MS m/z = 504 [M+H]+. Calc’d for C28 H21 N7 O S: 503.58.

The starting material 1 used/shown in Example 2 was prepared as follows:

and starting material 3, thienyl substituted phthalazinone, shown in Example 2 was prepared as follows:

Starting material 3

Synthesis of 4-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2//)-one

Step 1 : 2-(Dimethylamino)isoindoline-1.3-dione

A solution of isobenzofuran-l,3-dione (5.00 g, 34 mmol) and N,N-dimethylhydrazine (2.9 ml, 37 mmol) in toluene (75 ml, 34 mmol) was added p-TsOH H20 (0.32 g, 1.7 mmol). The Dean-Stark apparatus and a condenser were attached. The mixture was refluxed. After 4 hr, LCMS showed mainly product. The reaction was cooled to rt. Toluene was removed under reduced pressure the crude was dissolved in DCM, washed with sat NaHC03, water, and brine. The organic was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. Light yellow solid was obtained. !H NMR showed mainly product, 2-(dimethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione. MS Calcd for C10H10N2O2: [M]+ = 190. Found: [M+H]+ = 191.

Step 2 : 2-(Dimethylamino)-3 -hydroxy-3 -(5 -methylthiophen-2 -vDisoindolin- 1 -one

A solution of 2-bromo-5-methylthiophene (0.60 mL, 5.3 mmol) in THF (11 mL) was purged with nitrogen and cooled to -78 °C. «-Butyllithium (2.2 mL, 5.5 mmol; 2.5 M in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 30 min. This solution was cannulated into a flask containing a solution of 2-(dimethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione (1.5 g, 7.9 mmol) in THF (16 mL) at -78 °C under nitrogen. The reaction was allowed to warm to -30 °C over an hour, at which point LCMS showed complete conversion of 2-bromo-5-methylthiophene to product. The reaction was quenched by careful addition of saturated aqueous NH4C1. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and water, and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional dichloromethane, and the combined organic layers were dried with MgS04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-2% MeOH in dichloromethane to provide intermediate A, as a light yellow solid, 2-(dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)isoindolin-l-one (1.2 g, 80% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-4) δ 7.68-7.65 (m, 1H). 7.63-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H, J=8), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.69-6.66 (m, 1H), 6.65-6.62 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 165.0, 147.3, 141.6, 139.3, 132.7, 129.49, 129.46, 125.0, 124.7, 123.0, 122.1, 88.4, 44.7, 14.9. FT-IR (thin film, cm ) 3347, 3215, 1673. MS Calcd for Ci2H7ClN2S: [M]+ = 288. Found: [M+H]+= 289.

HRMS Calcd for Ci5H16N202S: [M+H]+= 288.1005, [M+Na]+ = 311.0825. Found:

[M+H]+ = 289.1022, [M+Na]+= 311.0838. mp = 138-140 °C.

Step 3: 4-(5-Methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2//)-one

2-(Dimethylamino)-3 -hydroxy-3 -(5 -methylthiophen-2-yl)isoindolin- 1 -one (1.1 g, 0.40 mmol), EtOH (4.0 mL), and hydrazine (0.19 mL, 59 mmol) were added into a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. A nitrogen balloon was attached on top of the condenser. After refluxing overnight, the reaction was cooled to room temperature. An off-white solid precipitated. After cooling to 0 °C, water was added. The solid was filtered off with an aid of water and dried under vacuum to afford a white solid, 4-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2//)-one (0.82 g, 85% yield).

!H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.57 (s, 1H), 8.50-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.14-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.83- 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.71 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (400 MHz,

CDC13) 8 159.9, 142.5, 141.1, 134.3, 133.7, 131.7, 129.4, 128.8, 128.3, 127.1, 126.6,

125.8, 15.4. FT-IR (thin film, cm“1) 2891, 1660, 1334. MS Calcd for Ci3H10N2OS: [M]+

= 242. Found: [M+H]+= 243. HRMS Calcd for Ci3H10N2OS: [M+H]+= 243.0587. Found:

[M+H]+ = 243.0581. mp = 191-194 °C.

Alternatively, starting material 3 was prepared as follows:

The above scheme depicts the process by which intermediate-scale synthesis of thiophene-phthalazinone 5 (shown above) was prepared. Treatment of 50 grams of 3-methylthiophene with z-PrMgCl at 66 °C in the presence of catalytic TMP-H resulted in 98% conversion to the reactive species lb with a >40:1 regioisomeric ratio. After cooling to 20 °C, this mixture was added dropwise to a -20 °C slurry of phthalic anhydride in THF to provide keto acid 3 in 94% assay yield. While this intermediate could be crystallized from toluene/heptane, the crude reaction mixture was taken directly in a through -process conversion to the phthalazinone 5. To that end, removal of THF, MTBE, and residual 3-methylthiophene was accomplished through a distillative solvent switch into ethanol. The resulting solution of 3 was exposed to aqueous hydrazine at 80 °C. After 18 hours, the reaction was cooled and the precipitated product was filtered directly at 20 °C. This process provided 82.7 grams of 98.6 wt % thiophene-phthalazinone 5 in a weight-adjusted 85% yield over the two steps.

LCMS Method:

Samples were run on a Agilent model- 1100 LC-MSD system with an Agilent Technologies XDB-C8 (3.5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 75 mm) at 30 °C. The flow rate was constant and ranged from about 0.75 mL/min to about 1.0 mL/min.

The mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H2O/0.1% HO Ac) and solvent B

(AcCN/O.1 HOAc) with a 9 min time period for a gradient from 10%> to 90%> solvent B. The gradient was followed by a 0.5 min period to return to 10% solvent B and a 2.5 min 10% solvent B re-equilibration (flush) of the column.

Other methods may also be used to synthesize AMG 900. Many synthetic chemistry transformations, as well as protecting group methodologies, useful in synthesizing AMG 900, are known in the art. Useful organic chemical transformation literature includes, for example, R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons (1999); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser’s Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); A. Katritzky and

A. Pozharski, Handbook of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 2nd edition (2001); M. Bodanszky, A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer- Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg (1984); J. Seyden-Penne, Reductions by the Alumino- and Borohydrides in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, Wiley- VCH, (1997); and L. Paquette, editor, Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995).

AMG 900 was tested for its ability to reduce or inhibit tumor progression in various cell lines (in-vitro) and multiple solid tumor types (in-vivo), some of which have previously been exposed to and developed resistance to standard-of-care antimitotic agents, including taxanes and vinca alkaloids, as well as to other chemotherapeutic agents. The following Examples and resulting data will illustrate the ability of AMG 900 to treat cancer, including cancer resistant to the presently standard-of-care therapies, including antimitotic agents, such as paclitaxel, and other drugs used in conjunction with chemotherapy, such as doxorubicin. Unless otherwise indicated, the free base form of AMG 900 was used in the Examples described hereinbelow.

The following Examples describe the efforts of identifying and characterizing various crystalline solid state forms of various salts of AMG 900. Some attempts at forming a solid state crystalline form of a given salt failed, as shown in table 1 hereinbelow. To this end, synthesizing and/or forming &isolating a crystalline solid state form of AMG 900 was not, in any way, straightforward or routine. Rather, the ability to prepare and identify a crystalline solid state form of AMG 900 depended upon the particular salt of AMG 900 and/or the crystallization conditions employed.

PAPER

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2015), 58(13), 5189-5207

Discovery of N-(4-(3-(2-Aminopyrimidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-1-amine (AMG 900), A Highly Selective, Orally Bioavailable Inhibitor of Aurora Kinases with Activity against Multidrug-Resistant Cancer Cell Lines

Departments of Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Research and Development, §Pharmacokinetics and Drug Metabolism, Molecular Structure, and Oncology Research, Amgen Inc., 360 Binney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142, United States, and Amgen Inc., One Amgen Center Drive, Thousand Oaks, California 91320, United States
J. Med. Chem., 2015, 58 (13), pp 5189–5207
DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.5b00183
*Phone: 617-444-5041. E-mail: MeyerS@amgen.com.

ACS Editors’ Choice – This is an open access article published under an ACS AuthorChoice License, which permits copying and redistribution of the article or any adaptations for non-commercial purposes.

Abstract

Abstract Image

Efforts to improve upon the physical properties and metabolic stability of Aurora kinase inhibitor14a revealed that potency against multidrug-resistant cell lines was compromised by increased polarity. Despite its high in vitro metabolic intrinsic clearance, 23r (AMG 900) showed acceptable pharmacokinetic properties and robust pharmacodynamic activity. Projecting from in vitro data to in vivo target coverage was not practical due to disjunctions between enzyme and cell data, complex and apparently contradictory indicators of binding kinetics, and unmeasurable free fraction in plasma. In contrast, it was straightforward to relate pharmacokinetics to pharmacodynamics and efficacy by following the time above a threshold concentration. On the basis of its oral route of administration, a selectivity profile that favors Aurora-driven pharmacology and its activity against multidrug-resistant cell lines, 23r was identified as a potential best-in-class Aurora kinase inhibitor. In phase 1 dose expansion studies with G-CSF support, 23r has shown promising single agent activity.

N-(4-(3-(2-Aminopyrimidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazin-1-amine (23r)

Applying similar SNAr conditions as for 23b, reaction of 22r and 20a in 2-butanol provided the title compound (2.08 g, 49%) as an off-white solid; mp (DSC) 216 °C.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.36 (s, 1 H) 8.64–8.69 (m, 1 H) 8.41–8.44 (m, 1 H) 8.36–8.40 (m, 1 H) 8.35 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H) 8.23 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 8.00–8.10 (m, 2 H) 7.91–7.97 (m, 2 H) 7.52 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.26–7.33 (m, 3 H) 7.16–7.22 (m, 2 H) 6.74 (br s, 2 H) 2.34 (br s, 3 H).
13C NMR (150 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 163.81, 160.72, 160.67, 158.68, 151.64, 148.50, 148.36, 147.14, 139.86, 139.24, 137.72, 137.10, 132.61, 131.74, 130.24, 125.27, 124.89, 122.92, 122.83, 122.44, 121.56, 121.52, 119.11, 118.23, 109.93, 15.6
HRMS m/z [M + H]+ Calcd for C28H21N7OS: 504.1601. Found: 504.1607.
Table 1. Aurora Kinase Inhibitors with Known Structures That Have Entered Clinical Trials

ID, compd name AKa AK cell assayb (nM) most potently inhibited non-AKs (nM)c [total kinases in panel] admin route
1 (MK-0457/VX-680/tozasertib)(7) A/B MDA-MB-231 p-HH3(12) 43 FLT3 (6), PLK4 (9), ABL (13), MLCK (15), RET (28); [317](16) IV
2 (PHA-739358/danusertib)(8) A/B MDA-MB-231 p-HH3(12) 49 ABL (25), RET (31), TrkA (31), FGFR1 (47); [35](17) IV
3a(AZD1152/barasertib)d,(9) B MDA-MB-231 p-HH3(12) 16 FLT3 (8), cKIT (17), PDGFRA (38), PDGFRB (41), RET (80); [317](16) IV
4 (AT9283)(18) A/B HCT-116 DNA ploidy ∼30 JAK2 (1), JAK3 (1) Abl (T315I) (4), 9 others ≤10 nM; [230] IV
5 (SNS-314)(19) A/B HCT-116 DNA ploidy(20) 9 TrkB (5), TrkA (12), FLT4 (14), Fms (15), DDR2 (82), Axl (84); [219] IV
6 (GSK1070916)(21) B HCT-116 p-HH3(22) 20 FLT1 (42), TIE2 (59), SIK (70), FLT4 (74), FGFR (78); [328](22) IV
7 (ENMD-2076)(23) A HCT-116 p-AurA 130 FLT3 (2), RET (10), FLT4 (16), SRC (20), TrkA (24), Fms (25); [100] PO
8 (CYC116)(24) A/B A549 p-HH3 480 VEGFR2 (44), FLT3 (44), CDK2 (390); [23] PO
9 (ABT-348)(25) A/B HCT-116 p-HH3 21 VEGFR1 (1), FLT3 (1), VEGFR2 (2), CSF-1R (3), PDGFR-α (11); [128] PO
10 (AS703569/R763)(26) A/B A549 p-HH3 14 cell-based assays: VEGFR2 (11), FLT3 (27), AMPK (201); [10] PO
11 (PF-03814735)(27) A/B MDA-MB-231 p-HH3 ∼50 FLT1 (10), FAK (22), TrkA (30), 17 others ≥90% inh@100 nM; [220] PO
12 (MK-5108)(28) A HeLa S3 ↑p-HH3+ cells <1000 TrkA (2), ABL (8), FLT4 (12), TrkB (13), VEGFR2 (30); [233] PO
13a (MLN8054)(29) A HCT-116 p-AurA 34 DRAK2 (8), BLK (68), DRAK1 (190), FGR (220); [317](16) PO
13b (MLN8237/alisertib)(30) A HeLa p-AurA 7 %inh@1 μM: EphA2 (111), FGR (97), CAMK2A (95), EphA4 (94); [220] PO

a

AK = Aurora kinase family member(s) inhibited (AurA and/or AurB; AurC potency not listed).

b

Cell line; substrate or phenotype detected.

c

Kinase activities of greatest potency listed in published literature.

d

Listed enzyme and cellular potency data is for 3b, the parent of prodrug 3a.

References on AMG 900

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2016008316 2016-01-14 USE OF DIANHYDROGALACTITOL AND ANALOGS OR DERIVATIVES THEREOF IN COMBINATION WITH PLATINUM-CONTAINING ANTINEOPLASTIC AGENTS TO TREAT NON-SMALL-CELL CARCINOMA OF THE LUNG AND BRAIN METASTASES
US2016009785 2016-01-14 NOVEL FUSION MOLECULES AND USES THEREOF
US2015266868 2015-09-24 PHARMACEUTICALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS
US2015079022 2015-03-19 USE OF AMG 900 FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
US2015072988 2015-03-12 USE OF N-(4-((3-(2-AMINO-4-PYRIMIDINYL)-2-PYRIDINYL)OXY)PHENYL)-4-(4-METHYL-2-THIENYL)-1-PHTHALAZINAMINE IN COMBINATION WITH HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITORS FOR TREATMENT OF CANCER
US8921367 2014-12-30 Use of AMG 900 for the treatment of cancer
US2014163052 2014-06-12 FUSED TRICYCLIC DUAL INHIBITORS OF CDK 4/6 AND FLT3
US2014127271 2014-05-08 BLOCK COPOLYMERS FOR STABLE MICELLES
US2014113879 2014-04-24 BLOCK COPOLYMERS FOR STABLE MICELLES
US2014114051 2014-04-24 BLOCK COPOLYMERS FOR STABLE MICELLES
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2014114051 2014-04-24 BLOCK COPOLYMERS FOR STABLE MICELLES
US2014066430 2014-03-06 AURORA KINASE MODULATORS AND METHOD OF USE
US8623885 2014-01-07 Fused tricyclic dual inhibitors of CDK 4/6 and FLT3
US2012028917 2012-02-02 Use Of N-(4-((3-(2-Amino-4-Pyrimidinyl)-2-Pyridinyl)Oxy)Phenyl)-4-(4-Methyl-2-Thienyl)-1-Phthalazinamine In The Treatment Of Antimitotic Agent Resistant Cancer
US2011263530 2011-10-27 Aurora Kinase Modulators and Method of Use
US8022221 2011-09-20 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US7560551 2009-07-14 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2003055491A1 20 Dec 2002 10 Jul 2003 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of aurora kinases
WO2004000833A1 19 Jun 2003 31 Dec 2003 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines and pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein kinase
WO2004016612A2 13 Aug 2003 26 Feb 2004 Cyclacel Limited New purine derivatives
WO2004037814A1 27 Oct 2003 6 May 2004 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Indazolinone compositions useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2004039774A2 19 May 2003 13 May 2004 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004092607A1 30 Mar 2004 28 Oct 2004 Carbone Lorraine Composants Ventilated disc brake pads
WO2005113494A2 9 May 2005 1 Dec 2005 Amgen Inc. Nitrogenated heterocyclic derivatives as protein kinase modulators and use for the treatment of angiogenesis and cancer
EP1702919A1 28 Dec 2004 20 Sep 2006 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel 2-heteroaryl-substituted benzimidazole derivative
US6919338 21 Jun 2001 19 Jul 2005 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives and their use as inhibitors of aurora-2 kinase
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2008124083A3 * 3 Apr 2008 15 Jan 2009 Amgen Inc Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2009117157A1 * 19 Mar 2009 24 Sep 2009 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2010017240A2 * 4 Aug 2009 11 Feb 2010 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
WO2010017240A3 * 4 Aug 2009 1 Apr 2010 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
WO2011031842A1 9 Sep 2010 17 Mar 2011 Amgen Inc. N-4 ( – ( ( 3- ( 2 -amino-4 pyrimidinyl) -2 -pyridinyl) oxy) phenyl) -4- (4-methyl-2-thienyl) -1-phthalazinamine for use in the treatment of antimitotic agent resistant cancer
WO2012129344A1 21 Mar 2012 27 Sep 2012 Amgen Inc. Fused tricyclic dual inhibitors of cdk 4/6 and flt3
WO2015084649A1 25 Nov 2014 11 Jun 2015 Amgen Inc. Crystalline forms of n-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl) – 2-pyridinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-1 -phthalazinamine pharmaceutically acceptable salts and uses thereof
EP2818170A1 9 Sep 2010 31 Dec 2014 Amgen, Inc N-(4-((3-(2-amino-4-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridin yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-1-phthalazinamine for use in the treatment of antimitotic agent resistant cancer
EP2937349A1 21 Mar 2012 28 Oct 2015 Amgen Inc. Fused tricyclic dual inhibitors of cdk 4/6 and flt3
US7994185 4 May 2009 9 Aug 2011 Glaxo Smith Kline LLC Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
US8362241 29 Jan 2013 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of PI3 kinase and/or mTOR
US8404694 19 Mar 2009 26 Mar 2013 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US8415345 4 May 2009 9 Apr 2013 Glaxo SmithKline LLC Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
US8586751 10 Jun 2010 19 Nov 2013 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Nicotinamide compounds useful as kinase modulators
US8637500 16 Dec 2009 28 Jan 2014 Amgen Inc. Aminopyridine and carboxypyridine compounds as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US8642759 31 Jan 2013 4 Feb 2014 Glaxosmithkline Llc Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
US8772480 19 Nov 2012 8 Jul 2014 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of PI3 kinase and/or mTOR
US9126935 7 Aug 2009 8 Sep 2015 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
US9233956 25 Nov 2013 12 Jan 2016 Novartis Ag Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds

///////////945595-80-2, AMG 900,  aurora kinase (ARK) inhibitor,  treatment of leukemia and solid tumours, AMGEN, 2014, orphan drug designation,  U.S. for the treatment of ovarian cancer

CC1=CSC(=C1)C2=NN=C(C3=CC=CC=C32)NC4=CC=C(C=C4)OC5=C(C=CC=N5)C6=NC(=NC=C6)N


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, PHASE 1, PHASE1 Tagged: 2014, 945595-80-2, AMG 900, amgen, aurora kinase (ARK) inhibitor, Orphan Drug Designation, PHASE 1, treatment of leukemia and solid tumours, U.S. for the treatment of ovarian cancer

Amneal Pharma’s, 4,5-Dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine containing phenothiazines as antitubercular agents

$
0
0

STR1

Cas 1580464-40-9

MW458.97, C24 H19 Cl N6 S,

1H-Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-amine, 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-4,7-dihydro-3-methyl-1-(10H-phenothiazin-2-yl)-

4-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methyl-1-(10H-phenothiazin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-amine

4-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methyl-1-(10H-Phenothiazin-2-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d] pyrimidin-6-amine

STR1

Yield 79%, m.p.: 186-188 ºC.

IR (KBr): 3328 (NH), 1648 (C-N), 640 (C-S-C). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): d 2.32 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.95 (s, 1H, CH), 7.36-7.38 (dd, 2H, J=8.10 Hz), 7.84-7.87 (dd, 2H, J=7.80 Hz), 7.90-8.05 (m, 7H, Ar-H), 8.46 (s, 1H, NH), 8.56 (s, 2H, NH2), 9.11 (s, 1H, NH):

13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): d 26.1, 41.2, 52.5, 59.8, 103.6, 104.2, 105.3, 114.2, 116.6, 122.7, 127.1, 127.9, 128.2, 128.6, 129.2, 132.5, 134.6, 142.4, 143.7, 155.3, 162.5. Mass (m/z): 459. Anal. (%) for C24H19ClN6S, Calcd. C, 62.81; H, 4.17; N, 18.31. Found: C, 62.75; H, 4.15; N, 18.26.

Mass spectrum of 4g

 STR1

1H NMR spectrum of 4g

STR1

Tuberculosis (TB) is a highly infectious airborne disease caused by the pathogenic bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb). 1According to the latest World Health Organization (WHO) report, an estimated 8.6 million people developed TB and 1.3 million died from the disease (including 320,000 deaths among HIV-positive people) in 2012. The majority of cases worldwide in 2012 were in the South-East Asia (29%), African (27%) and western Pacific (19%) regions. India and China alone accounted for 26% and 12% of total cases, respectively.2 The standard antitubercular treatment regimen, termed DOTS (Directly Observed Therapy, Short-course), is based on the co-administration of age-old drugs like isoniazid (INH), rifampin (RMP), ethambutol (EMB), and pyrazinamide (PZA) for the first two months, followed by a prolonged treatment with INH and RMP for additional 4–7 months with no guarantee of complete sterilization from the infection. 4 and 5 Furthermore, emergence of new virulent forms of TB such as multi drug resistant (MDR-TB) and extremely drug resistant (XDR-TB), and its synergy with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) has fuelled its epidemic nature.  These reasons make a compelling case for an urgent need for new and effective antitubercular agents with improved properties such as enhanced activity against MDR strains, reduced toxicity, rapid mycobactericidal mechanism of action and the ability to penetrate host cells and exert antimycobacterial effects in the intracellular environment.

Phenothiazines are important classes of compounds which have increasingly attracted attention, owing to their remarkable biological and pharmacological properties, such as antibacterial, antifungal, anticancer, antiviral, anti-inflammatory, antimalarial, antifilarial, trypanocidal, anticonvulsant, analgesic, immunosuppressive and multidrug resistance reversal. These activities are the results of the actions exerted by phenothiazines on biological systems via the interaction of the pharmacophoric substituent (in some cases of strict length), via the interaction multicyclic ring system (π–π interaction, intercalation in DNA) and via the lipophilic character permitting the penetration through the biological membranes to reach its site of action. Further, Phenothiazines have been shown to exhibit in vitro and in vivo activity against Mtb and multidrug-resistant Mtb. Some of the phenothiazine derived antipsychotic agents such as chlorpromazine, trifluoperazine (TPZ) and thioridazine are found to be effective inhibitors of Mtb.Phenothiazines are predicted to target the genetically validated respiratory chain component type II NADH:quinone oxidoreductase (Ndh)

Paper

Volume 24, Issue 6, 15 March 2014, Pages 1493–1495

4,5-Dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine containing phenothiazines as antitubercular agents

  • a Amneal Pharmaceuticals India Pvt Ltd, 882/1-871, Village Rajoda, Tal.: Bavla Dist.: Ahmedabad 382220, Gujarat, India
  • b Division of Medicinal Chemistry, Department of Chemistry (DST-FIST Sponsored), Mahatma Gandhi Campus, Maharaja Krishnakumarsinhji Bhavnagar University, Bhavnagar 364002, Gujarat, India
  • c Department of Chemistry, Saurashtra University, Kalawad Road, Rajkot 360005, Gujarat, India

A series of novel dihydropyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine derivatives bearing a phenothiazine nucleus were synthesized in excellent yields via a modified Biginelli multicomponent reaction. The newly synthesized compounds were characterized by IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR, Mass spectra and elemental analysis followed by antimycobacterial screening. Among all the screened compounds, compound 4g showed most pronounced activity against Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) with minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of 0.02 μg/mL, making it more potent than first line antitubercular drug isoniazid.

Synthetic protocol of title compounds 4a–k. Reagents and conditions: (a) NH2NH2, ...

Scheme 1.

Synthetic protocol of title compounds 4ak. Reagents and conditions: (a) NH2NH2, reflux; (b) ethyl acetoacetate, sodium ethoxide, reflux; (c) guanidine hydrochloride, aldehyde (R-CHO), P2O5, EtOH, reflux.

 

Vipul Kataria

Vipul Kataria

Saurashtra University

https://www.linkedin.com/in/vipul-kataria-3aa37950

Experience

Assistant professor of chemistry

V P & R P T P science college

August 2013 – Present (2 years 11 months)

please send other authors pic at amcrasto@gmail.com

Amneal Pharmaceuticals’ co-CEO Chirag Patel

Chirag Patel and Chintu Patel

Chintu Patel, owner of Amneal Pharmaceuticals,

///////Dihydropyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine, Phenothiazines, Biginelli multicomponent reaction, Cytotoxicity, Antitubercular activity, 4,5-Dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine,  phenothiazines, antitubercular agents, amneal, 1580464-40-9

Clc1ccc(cc1)C2N=C(N)Nc3c2c(C)nn3c4cc5Nc6ccccc6Sc5cc4


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 1580464-40-9, 4, 4-d]pyrimidine, 5-Dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3, amneal, Antitubercular activity, antitubercular agents, Biginelli multicomponent reaction, Cytotoxicity, Dihydropyrazolo[3, Phenothiazines

Recilisib Sodium, EX-RAD

$
0
0

Recilisib Sodium

Phase I

C16H12ClNaO4S
Molecular Weight: 358.771849 g/mol

Recilisib sodium.png

A protein kinase inhibitor potentially for the treatment of acute radiation syndrome.

sodium;4-[(E)-2-[(4-chlorophenyl)methylsulfonyl]ethenyl]benzoate

Onc-01210; ON-01210.Na, Ex-RAD; ON 01210.Na; ON-01210; ON-01210-Na; Recilisib

CAS No. 334969-03-8(free)

CAS 922139-31-9(Recilisib sodium)

Benzoic acid, 4-[(1E)-2-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]sulfonyl]ethenyl]-, sodium salt (1:1)

Onconova Therapeutics Inc, Univ Temple INNOVATOR

Stephen C Cosenza, Lawrence Helson,Premkumar E Reddy, Ramana M V Reddy  INVENTORS

Company Onconova Therapeutics Inc.
Description Synthetic, low molecular weight radioprotectant that modulates DNA repair pathways
Molecular Target DNA
Mechanism of Action Radioprotectant
Therapeutic Modality Small molecule
Latest Stage of Development Phase I
Standard Indication Poisoning
Indication Details Prevent radiation poisoning; Provide radation protection; Treat and prevent acute radiation syndrome (ARS)
  • Originator Onconova Therapeutics
  • Class Radioprotectives; Small molecules; Sulfonamides
  • Mechanism of Action Apoptosis inhibitors; Protein kinase inhibitors
  • Orphan Drug Status Yes – Acute radiation syndrome
  • Phase I Acute radiation syndrome

Most Recent Events

  • 22 Apr 2016 Phase I development is ongoing in the US (PO & SC)
  • 20 Mar 2014 Recilisib receives Orphan Drug status for Acute radiation syndrome in USA
  • 03 Oct 2012 Phase-I clinical trials in Acute radiation syndrome in USA (PO)

Ex-Rad (or Ex-RAD), also known by the code name ON 01210.Na, or recilisib sodium (INN, USAN) is a drug developed by Onconova Therapeutics and the U.S. Department of Defense.[1][2] This newly developed compound is said to be a potent radiation protection agent.  Chemically, it is the sodium salt of 4-carboxystyryl-4-chlorobenzylsulfone.[3]

Clinical trials

The results of two Phase I clinical studies in healthy human volunteers indicate that subcutaneously injected Ex-Rad is safe and well tolerated, with “no evidence of systemic side effects”.[4] A study in mice demonstrated the efficacy of Ex-Rad by increasing the survival rate of mice exposed to typically lethal whole-body irradiation. The study tested oral and parenteral administration of Ex-Rad for both pre- and post-exposure radiomitigation.[1]

Research on Ex-Rad has involved collaboration with the Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute (AFRRI), the Department of Biochemistry and Molecular & Cellular Biology at Georgetown University, Long Island University‘s Arnold & Marie Schwartz College of Pharmacy, and the Department of Oncological Sciences at the Mt. Sinai School of Medicine.[1]

Mechanism of action

Onconova suggests that Ex-Rad protects cells exposed to radiation against DNA damage, and that the drug’s mechanism of action does not involve scavenging free radicals or arresting the cell cycle. Instead, they claim it employs a “novel mechanism” involving “intracellular signaling, damage sensing, and DNA repair pathways”.[4] Ex-RAD is a chlorobenzylsulfone derivative that works after free radicals have damaged DNA. Onconova CEO Ramesh Kumar believes this is a better approach than trying to scavenge free radicals. “Free radicals are very short-lived, and so the window of opportunity to give a drug is very narrow,” he says. In cell and animal models, Ex-RAD protects hematopoieticand gastrointestinal tissues from radiation injury when given either before or after exposure.[5]

While anti-radiation suits or other protective gear may be effective at reducing radiation exposure, such gear is expensive, unwieldy, and generally not available to public. Moreover, radioprotective gear will not protect normal tissue adjacent to a tumor from stray radiation exposure during radiotherapy. Pharmaceutical radioprotectants offer a cost-efficient, effective and easily available alternative to radioprotective gear. However, previous attempts at radioprotection of normal cells with pharmaceutical compositions have not been entirely successful. For example, cytokines directed at mobilizing the peripheral blood progenitor cells confer a myeloprotective effect when given prior to radiation (Neta et al., Semin. Radiat. Oncol. 6:306-320, 1996), but do not confer systemic protection. Other chemical radioprotectors administered alone or in combination with biologic response modifiers have shown minor protective effects in mice, but application of these compounds to large mammals was less successful, and it was questioned whether chemical radioprotection was of any value (Maisin, J. R., Bacq and Alexander Award Lecture. “Chemical radioprotection: past, present, and future prospects”, Int J. Radiat Biol. 73:443-50, 1998). Pharmaceutical radiation sensitizers, which are known to preferentially enhance the effects of radiation in cancerous tissues, are clearly unsuited for the general systemic protection of normal tissues from exposure to ionizing radiation.

The major biological effects of radiation exposure are the destruction of bone marrow cells, gastrointestinal (GI) damage, lung pneumonitis, and central nervous system (CNS) damage. The long-term effects of radiation exposure include an increase in cancer rates. It has been estimated that the exposure of 100 rems (roentgen equivalent man: a measurement used to quantify the amount of radiation that would produce harmful biological effects) would produce ARS symptoms. Exposure levels above 300 rems would result in the death of approximately 50% of the exposed population.

The α,β-unsaturated aryl sulfones, in particular benzyl styryl sulfones, provide significant and selective systemic protection of normal cells from radiation-induced damage in animals. When used in radiotherapy techniques, these compounds also exhibit independent toxicity to cancer cells. These α,β-unsaturated aryl sulfones, in particular benzyl styryl sulfones, are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,656,973 and 6,667,346, which are particularly incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Although these compounds are stable in solid state their aqueous formulations for parenteral administration are pH sensitive and pose challenging hurdles to overcome physical stability. The most likely causative factor may be attributed to the reactive styryl sulfone conjugated double bond, which is prone to Michael addition by nucleophiles and eventual fallout of the conjugated addition product.

U.S. Patent No. 6,656,973, describes in vitro pharmacological effects of DMSO solubilization of a benzyl styryl sulfone (e.g. ON 01210.NA) but fails to disclose a composition comprising ON 01210. NA formulation and specifically, a shelf stable formulation which is suitable for administration to humans.

PCT Application WO 2007/016201 describes pharmaceutical solution compositions for parenteral administration for reducing toxic effects of ionizing radiation in a subject, comprising an effective amount of at least one radioprotective α,β-Unsaturated aryl sulfone, and at least one component selected from the group consisting of a) a water soluble polymer in an amount between about 0.5% and about 90% w/v, b) at least one chemically modified cyclodextrin in an amount between about 20% and about 60% w/v, and c) DMA in an amount between 10% and about 50% w/v.

U.S. Patent Application 20090247624, and corresponding PCT Application WO 2008/105808, are directed to aqueous solutions, which comprise between about 20 mg/ml to about 100 mg/ml of at least one α,β-unsaturated aryl sulfone (e.g., the compound ON 01210. Na ((E)-4-Carboxystyryl-4-chlorobenzylsulfone sodium salt, a cosolvent in an amount between about 25% and about 90% w/v (e.g., about 50% PEG 400), wherein the composition is buffered and exists within the range of about pH 7.0 to about pHIO (e.g., 0.2M Tris-EDTA, pH about 8.5). The aforementioned solution formulations have exhibited a sub-optimal shelf life and lack a preferred degree of solubility and/or stability. These formulations evolved progressively as a result of addressing the most challenging aspects in the formulation and drug development field, namely, solubility and stability parameters that defined the long term viability of these formulations. There seems to be a delicate balance between pH, solubility and stability of the active moiety in aqueous milieu, wherein achieving such balance and development of a shelf stable aqueous formulation has presented a formidable challenge. Therefore, a shelf stable effective solution formulation that prevents the breakdown of the therapeutically active entity and keeps the drug in the solution at the desired pH was most desired and significant effort was directed towards this goal.

What is needed therefore, is a shelf stable effective solution formulation of radioprotective α,β-unsaturated aryl sulfones that prevents the breakdown of the therapeutically active entity and keeps the drug in the solution at the desired pH. This invention solves these and other long felt needs by providing improved solution formulation of radioprotective α,β- unsaturated aryl sulfones having improved physical and chemical stability and enhanced shelf life.

SYNTHESIS BY WORLDDRUGTRACKER

STR1

PATENT

WO 2011119863

An exemplary species of a radioprotective α,β-unsaturated aryl sulfone is ON 01210.Na. ON 01210.Na is a derivative of chlorobenzylsulfone. This compound is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,656,973 and 6,667,346 as exhibiting valuable prophylactic properties which mitigate the effects of accidental and intentional exposure to life-threatening levels of irradiation. Hence, a systematic development of this compound is described with the objective of developing a shelf stable formulation.

Table 1 describes the general physical properties of ON. 1210. Na. The exemplary compound is a sodium salt of (E)-4-Carboxystyryl-4-chlorobenzylsulfone.

TABLE 1

Physical Properties of ON.1210.Na

Chemical Structure

Figure imgf000018_0001

Chemical Name (E)-4-Carboxystyryl-4-chlorobenzylsulfone,

Sodium Salt

Empirical Formula C16H12ClNa04S

Molecular Weight 358.79

Physical Nature White crystalline flakes

Melting Point 354-356° C.

Solubility Soluble in water at 8-10 mg/ml

The compound ON 01210. Na appears to form at least one polymorph. X-ray diffraction pattern, for example, of precipitated ON 01210. Na is different from that of the originally synthesized compound. Polymorphs of ON 01210.Na are intended to be within the scope of the claims appended hereto.

EXAMPLE 1

Preparation of ON 01210. Na

4-Chlorobenzyl-4-carboxystyryl sulfone (ON 01210) (49 g; 0.145 mol) was taken in a one-liter conical flask and 500 ml of distilled water was added. Sodium hydroxide solution (16 ml: 10 M stock) (0.150 mol.) was added to the conical flask. The contents of the flask were then boiled with stirring till ON 01210 was completely dissolved. The solution was then cooled to room temperature and shining crystals separated were filtered through a fluted filter paper. The crystalline material was dried under vacuum to yield (48 g) (92% yield) of pure ON 1210. Na.

EXAMPLE II

Preparation of ON 01210. Na Formulation A (Without Vitamin E TPGS)

TRIS (968.0 mg), EDTA (233.8 mg), and deionized (DI) water (24 ml) were combined in a beaker equipped with a Teflon coated stirring bar. The mixture was stirred until complete dissolution occurred, and the resulting solution was covered with aluminum foil and allowed to stir gently overnight at room temperature. The following morning, PEG 400 NF (40.0 ml) was added to the TRIS/EDTA aqueous solution with continued stirring. The vessel containing PEG 400 NF was rinsed with DI water (2 x 3.2 ml), and the rinsate added to the formulation mixture. After stirring the mixture to homogeneity (approx. 10 minutes), the pH was measured to be 9.46 using a calibrated electronic pH meter. The pH was adjusted to 8.37 (target pH = 8.40) by the careful addition of 98 pipet drops of 1.0 M HCl (aq) with stirring and allowed to fully equilibrate over a 10-15 minute period. Once the pH steadied at 8.37, ON 01210. Na (4.0 g) was added to the stirring formulation mixture. Complete dissolution required vigorous stirring and brief periodic sonication to break up ON 01210.Na clumps over a two hour period. After complete dissolution of ON 01210. Na, DI water (approx. 5 ml) was added to bring the final volume to approximately 80 milliliters. The pH of the resulting solution was determined to be 8.31, and thus 20 pipet drops of 1.0N NaOH(aq) were added to adjust the final formulation batch (defined as ON 01210.Na Formulation A) pH to 8.41-8.42. Formulation A was 0.22 micron filtered using a 100 ml Gastight Syringe equipped with a Millex®GP filter unit (Millipore Express® PES Membrane; Lot No R8KN13888).

PATENT

WO 2008105808

PATENT

WO 2007016201 

PATENT

WO 2002069892

The α,β unsaturated aryl sulfones are characterized by cis-trans isomerism resulting from the presence of one or more double bonds. The compounds are named according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system, the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations, Section E: Stereochemistry, in Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY, 4th ed., 1992, p.

127-138. Stearic relations around a double bond are designated as “Z” or “E”.

(E)-α,β unsaturated aryl sulfones may be prepared by Knoevenagel condensation of aromatic aldehydes with benzylsulfonyl acetic acids or arylsulfonyl acetic acids. The procedure is described by Reddy et al, Ada. Chim. Hung. 115:269-71 (1984); Reddy et al, Sulfur Letters 13:83-90 (1991); Reddy et al, Synthesis No. 4, 322-23 (1984); and Reddy et al, Sulfur Letters 7:43-48 (1987), the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
According to the Scheme 1 below, Ra and Rb each represent from zero to five substituents on the depicted aromatic nucleus. For purposes of illustration, and not limitation, the aryl groups are represented as phenyl groups, that is, the synthesis is exemplified by the preparation of styryl benzylsulfones. Accordingly, the benzyl thioacetic acid B is formed by the reaction of sodium thioglycollate and a benzyl chloride A. The benzyl thioacetic acid B is then oxidized with 30% hydrogen peroxide to give a corresponding benzylsulfonyl acetic acid C. Condensation of the benzylsulfonyl acetic acid C with an aromatic aldehyde D via a Knoevenagel reaction in the presence of benzylamine and glacial acetic acid yields the desired (E)-styryl benzylsulfone E.

Scheme 1

The following is a more detailed two-part synthesis procedure for preparing (E)-styryl benzylsulfones according to the above scheme.

General Procedure 1: Synthesis (E)-Styryl Benzylsulfones
Part A. To a solution of (8g, 0.2 mol) sodium hydroxide in methanol (200 ml), thioglycollic acid (0.1 mol) is added slowly and the precipitate formed is dissolved by stirring the contents of the flask. Then an appropriately substituted benzyl chloride (0.1 mol) is added stepwise and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 2-3 hours. The cooled contents are poured onto crushed ice and neutralized with dilute hydrochloric acid (200 ml). The resulting corresponding benzylthioacetic acid (0.1 mol) is subjected to oxidation with 30% hydrogen peroxide (0.12 mol) in glacial acetic acid (125 ml) by refluxing for 1 hour. The contents are cooled and poured onto crushed ice. The separated solid is recrystalized from hot water to give the corresponding pure benzylsulfonylacetic acid.
Part B. A mixture of the benzylsulfonyl acetic acid (10 mmol), an appropriately substituted aromatic aldehyde (10 mmol), and benzylamine (0.2 ml) in glacial acetic acid (12 ml) is refluxed for 2-3 hours. The contents are cooled and treated with cold ether (50 ml). Any product precipitated out is separated by filtration. The filtrate is diluted with more ether and washed successively with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (20 ml), sodium bisulfite (20 ml), dilute hydrochloric acid (20 ml) and finally with water (35 ml). Evaporation of the dried ethereal layer yields styryl benzylsulfones as a solid material.

According to an alternative to Part A, the appropriate benzylsulfonylacetic acids may be generated by substituting a thioglycollate

HSCH2COOR for thioglycollic acid, where R is an alkyl group, typically C1-C6 alkyl. This leads to the formation of the alkylbenzylthioacetate intermediate (F),

which is then converted to the corresponding benzyl thioacetic acid B by alkaline or acid hydrolysis.

(E)-styryl phenyl sulfones (formula I: n=zero; Qls Q2 = substituted or unsubstituted phenyl) are prepared according to the method of General Procedure 1, replacing the benzylsulfonyl acetic acid in Part B with the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl acetic acid.

(Z)-Styryl benzylsulfones are prepared by the nucleophilic addition of the appropriate thiols to substituted phenylacetylene with subsequent oxidation of the resulting sulfide by hydrogen peroxide to yield the (Z)-styryl benzylsulfone. The procedure is generally described by Reddy et al., Sulfur Letters 13:83-90 (1991), the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein as a reference.
In the first step of the (Z)-styryl benzylsulfones synthesis, the sodium salt of benzyl mercaptan or the appropriate substituted benzyl mercaptan is allowed to react with phenylacetylene or the appropriate substituted phenylacetylene forming the pure (Z)-isomer of the corresponding styryl benzylsulfide in good yield.
In the second step of the synthesis, the (Z)-styryl benzylsulfide intermediate is oxidized to the corresponding sulfone in the pure (Z)-isomeric form by treatment with hydrogen peroxide.
The following is a more detailed two-part synthesis procedure for preparing (Z)-styryl benzylsulfones:

Procedure 2: Synthesis of (Z)-Styryl Benzylsulfones
Part A. To a refluxing methanolic solution of substituted or unsubstituted sodium benzylthiolate prepared from 460 mg (0.02g atom) of (i) sodium, (ii) substituted or unsubstituted benzyl mercaptan (0.02 mol) and (iii) 80 ml of absolute methanol, is added freshly distilled substituted or unsubstituted phenylacetylene. The mixture is refluxed for 20 hours, cooled and then poured on crushed ice. The crude product is filtered, dried and recrystalized from methanol or aqueous methanol to yield a pure (Z)- styryl benzylsulfide.
Part B. An ice cold solution of the (Z)- styryl benzylsulfide (3.0g) in 30 ml of glacial acetic acid is treated with 7.5 ml of 30% hydrogen peroxide. The reaction mixture is refluxed for 1 hour and then poured on crushed ice. The separated solid is filtered, dried, and recrystalized from 2-propanol to yield the pure (Z)-styryl benzylsulfone. The purity of the compounds is ascertained by thin layer chromatography and geometrical configuration is assigned by analysis of infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectral data.

The bis(styryl) sulfones of formula IN are prepared according to Procedure 3:
Procedure 3
Synthesis of (E)(E)- and (E)(Z)-bis(Styryl) Sulfones
To freshly distilled phenyl acetylene (51.07 g, 0.5 mol) is added sodium thioglycollate prepared from thioglycollic acid (46 g, 0.5 mol) and sodium hydroxide (40 g, 1 mol) in methanol (250 ml). The mixture is refluxed for 24 hours and poured onto crushed ice (500 ml) after cooling. The styrylthioacetic acid, formed after neutralization with dilute hydrochloric acid (250 ml), is filtered and dried; yield 88 g (90%); m.p. 84-86°C.
The styrylthioacetic acid is then oxidized to styrylsulfonylacetic acid as follows. A mixture of styrylthioacetic acid (5 g, 25 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (35 ml) and 30% hydrogen peroxide (15 ml) is heated under reflux for 60 minutes and the mixture is poured onto crushed ice (200 ml) after cooling. The compound separated is filtered and recrystalized from hot water to give white crystalline flakes of (Z)-styrylsulfonylacetic acid; yield 2.4 g (41%); m.p. 150-51°C.
A solution of (Z)-styrylsulfonylacetic acid (2.263 g, 10 m mol) in glacial acetic acid (6 ml) is mixed with an aromatic aldehyde (10 mmol) and benzylamine (0.2 ml) and refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled, treated with dry ether (50 ml), and any product separated is collected by filtration. The filtrate is diluted with more ether and washed successively with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (15 ml), sodium bisulfite (15 ml), dilute hydrochloric acid (20 ml) and finally with water (30 ml). Evaporation of the dried ethereal layer yields (E)(Z)-bis(styryl)sulfones.
(E),(E)-bis(styryl)sulfones are prepared following the same procedure as described above with exception that sulfonyldiacetic acid is used in place of (Z)-styrylsulfonylacetic acid, and twice the amount of aromatic aldehyde (20 mmol) is used.

The styryl sulfones of formula N, which are systematically identified as 2-(phenylsulfonyl)-l-phenyl-3-phenyl-2-propen-l-ones, may be prepared according to either Method A or Method B of Procedure 4:

Procedure 4
Synthesis of 2-(Phenylsulfonyl)-l-phenyl-3-phenyl-2-propen-l-ones
These compounds are synthesized by two methods which employ different reaction conditions, solvents and catalysts.
Method A: Phenacyl aryl sulfones are made by refluxing α-bromoacetophenones (0.05 mol) and sodium arylsulfinates (0.05 mol) in absolute ethanol (200 ml) for 6-8 hours. The product which separates on cooling is filtered and washed several times with water to remove sodium bromide. The product is then recrystalized from ethanol: phenacyl-phenyl sulfone, m.p. 90-91°C; phenacyl-p-fluorophenyl sulfone, m.p. 148-149°C; phenacyl-p-bromophenyl sulfone, m.p. 121-122°C; phenacyl-p-methoxyphenyl sulfone, m.p. 104-105°C; p-nitrophenacyl-phenyl sulfone, m.p. 136-137°C.
A solution of phenacyl aryl sulfone (0.01 mol) in acetic acid (10 ml) is mixed with an araldehyde (0.01 mol) and benzylamine (0.02 ml) and refluxed for 3 hours. The solution is cooled and dry ether (50 ml) is added. The ethereal solution is washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid, aqueous 10% NaOH, saturated NaHSO3 solution and water. Evaporation of the dried ethereal layer gives a solid product which is purified by recrystallization.

Method B: Dry tetrahydrofuran (200 ml) is taken in a 500 ml conical flask flushed with nitrogen. To this, a solution of titanium (IN) chloride (11 ml, 0.01 mol) in absolute carbon tetrachloride is added dropwise with continuous stirring. The contents of the flask are maintained at -20°C throughout the course of the addition. A mixture of phenacyl aryl sulfone (0.01 mol) and aromatic aldehyde (0.01 mol) is added to the reaction mixture and pyridine (4 ml, 0.04 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (8 ml) is added slowly over a period of 1 hour. The contents are stirred for 10-12 hours, treated with water (50 ml) and then ether (50 ml) is added. The ethereal layer is separated and washed with 15 ml of saturated solutions of 10% sodium hydroxide, sodium bisulfite and brine. The evaporation of the dried ethereal layer yields 2-(phenylsulfonyl)-l-phenyl-3-phenyl-2 propen-l-ones.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN104817488A?cl=en

The structure of this medicine formula (I) shown below,

Figure CN104817488AD00031

Wherein, R1 is absent or is halogen, C1-3 alkyl, alkoxy and -CF3; R2 is absent or is halogen, C1-3 alkyl, alkoxy and -cf3; structural formula (I) The method for the preparation of compounds as follows:

Figure CN104817488AD00041
WO2007016201A2 Jul 28, 2006 Feb 8, 2007 Onconova Therapeutics, Inc. FORMULATION OF RADIOPROTECTIVE α, β UNSATURATED ARYL SULFONES
WO2008105808A2 Jul 27, 2007 Sep 4, 2008 Onconova Therapeutics, Inc. FORMULATIONS OF RADIOPROTECTIVE α, β UNSATURATED ARYL SULFONES
US6656973 Nov 27, 2002 Dec 2, 2003 Temple University – Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education (E)-4-carboxystyrl-4-chlorobenzyl sulfone and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US6667346 Feb 28, 2002 Dec 23, 2003 Temple University – Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Method for protecting cells and tissues from ionizing radiation toxicity with α, β unsaturated aryl sulfones
US6982282 * May 17, 2002 Jan 3, 2006 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Emulsion vehicle for poorly soluble drugs
US20090247624 Jul 27, 2007 Oct 1, 2009 Onconova Therapeutics Inc. Formulations of radioprotective alpha beta unsaturated aryl sulfones

References

  1. “Onconova Therapeutics presents new data demonstrating radioprotection by Ex-RAD at RRS annual meeting” (Press release). EurekAlert. 2010-09-27. Archived from the originalon 2011-03-22. Retrieved 2011-03-22.
  2.  Hipp, Van (2011-03-16). “Ex-Rad, the U.S. Military’s Radiation Wonder Drug”. FoxNews.com (FOX News Network). Archived from the original on 2011-03-26. Retrieved 2011-03-26.
  3.  Ghosh, Sanchita P.; Perkins, Michael W.; Hieber, Kevin; Kulkarni, Shilpa; Kao, Tzu-Cheg; Reddy, E. Premkumar; Reddy, M. V Ramana; Maniar, Manoj; Seed, Thomas; Kumar, K. Sree (2009). “Radiation Protection by a New Chemical Entity, Ex-Rad™: Efficacy and Mechanisms”. Radiation Research 171 (2): 173–9. doi:10.1667/RR1367.1. PMID 19267542.
  4.  “Ex-RAD® for Protection from Radiation Injury”. Onconova Therapeutics. 2009. Archived from the original on 2011-03-22. Retrieved 2011-03-22.
  5.  http://cen.acs.org/articles/90/i26/Drugs-Never-Used.html[full citation needed]
  6.  Kouvaris, J. R.; Kouloulias, V. E.; Vlahos, L. J. (2007). “Amifostine: The First Selective-Target and Broad-Spectrum Radioprotector”. The Oncologist 12 (6): 738–47.doi:10.1634/theoncologist.12-6-738. PMID 17602063.
  7.  http://www.news-medical.net/news/20110323/Cellerant-commences-CLT-008-Phase-III-trial-in-patients-with-leukemia.aspx
  8.  Reliene, Ramune; Pollard, Julianne M.; Sobol, Zhanna; Trouiller, Benedicte; Gatti, Richard A.; Schiestl, Robert H. (2009). “N-acetyl cysteine protects against ionizing radiation-induced DNA damage but not against cell killing in yeast and mammals”. Mutation Research/Fundamental and Molecular Mechanisms of Mutagenesis 665: 37. doi:10.1016/j.mrfmmm.2009.02.016.
  9. Mansour, Heba H.; Hafez, Hafez F.; Fahmy, Nadia M.; Hanafi, Nemat (2008). “Protective effect of N-acetylcysteine against radiation induced DNA damage and hepatic toxicity in rats”.Biochemical Pharmacology 75 (3): 773–80. doi:10.1016/j.bcp.2007.09.018. PMID 18028880.
  10.  Demirel, C; Kilçiksiz, S; Ay, OI; Gürgül, S; Ay, ME; Erdal, N (2009). “Effect of N-acetylcysteine on radiation-induced genotoxicity and cytotoxicity in rat bone marrow”. Journal of radiation research 50 (1): 43–50. doi:10.1269/jrr.08066. PMID 19218780.
  11.  Demirel, C; Kilciksiz, S; Evirgen-Ayhan, S; Gurgul, S; Erdal, N (2010). “The preventive effect of N-acetylcysteine on radiation-induced dermatitis in a rat model”. Journal of the Balkan Union of Oncology 15 (3): 577–82. PMID 20941831.
  12. Geiger, Hartmut; Pawar, Snehalata A; Kerschen, Edward J; Nattamai, Kalpana J; Hernandez, Irene; Liang, Hai Po H; Fernández, Jose Á; Cancelas, Jose A; Ryan, Marnie A; Kustikova, Olga; Schambach, Axel; Fu, Qiang; Wang, Junru; Fink, Louis M; Petersen, Karl-Uwe; Zhou, Daohong; Griffin, John H; Baum, Christopher; Weiler, Hartmut; Hauer-Jensen, Martin (2012).“Pharmacological targeting of the thrombomodulin–activated protein C pathway mitigates radiation toxicity”. Nature Medicine 18 (7): 1123–9. doi:10.1038/nm.2813. PMC 3491776.PMID 22729286.

External links

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2015265549 2015-09-24 STABLE AQUEOUS FORMULATION OF (E)-4-CARBOXYSTYRYL-4-CHLOROBENZYL SULFONE
US2015238448 2015-08-27 FORMULATION OF RADIOPROTECTIVE ALPHA, BETA UNSATURATED ARYL SULFONES
US2013012588 2013-01-10 COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR PREVENTION AND TREATEMENT OF WOUNDS
US2013012589 2013-01-10 STABLE AQUEOUS FORMULATION OF (E)-4-CARBOXYSTYRYL-4-CHLOROBENZYL SULFONE
US2011250184 2011-10-13 METHODS FOR DETERMINING EFFICACY OF A THERAPEUTIC REGIMEN AGAINST DELETERIOUS EFFECTS OF CYTOTOXIC AGENTS IN HUMAN
US2011028504 2011-02-03 Formulation of radioprotective alpha beta unsaturated aryl sulfones
US2009247624 2009-10-01 FORMULATIONS OF RADIOPROTECTIVE ALPHA BETA UNSATURATED ARYL SULFONES
Ex-Rad
Ex-rad.png
Identifiers
922139-31-9 Yes
PubChem 23668369
Properties
C16H12ClNaO4S
Molar mass 358.77 g·mol−1

//////////Onc-01210,  ON-01210.Na, 334969-03-8,  922139-31-9, Recilisib Sodium, Phase I , A protein kinase inhibitor,   treatment of acute radiation syndrome, Orphan Drug Status, Ex-RAD

C1=CC(=CC=C1CS(=O)(=O)C=CC2=CC=C(C=C2)C(=O)[O-])Cl.[Na+]


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, PHASE 1, PHASE1 Tagged: 334969-03-8, 922139-31-9, A protein kinase inhibitor, Ex-RAD, ON-01210.Na, Onc-01210, Orphan Drug Status, Phase I, Recilisib Sodium, treatment of acute radiation syndrome

Indian API Manufacturers remain in the Focus of European GMP Inspectors

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

Some time ago three Non-Compliance Reports have been published in quick succession in the EudraGMDP database. Those reports deal with inspections performed at pharmaceutical APIs production sites located in India. Read more about the fundamental violations of the requirements for GMP-compliant API manufacturing in those facilities.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05414_Indian-API-Manufacturers-remain-in-the-Focus-of-European-GMP-Inspectors_15339,15332,S-WKS_n.html

The EudraGMDP database contains more and more frequently Non-Compliance Reports of API facilities located in India. Three of these reports were published in April and May this year. The companies inspected (Krebs Biochemicals & Industries Ltd, J P Laboratories Private Ltd and Dhanuka Laboratories Ltd) were accused of major violations of the GMP rules (in one case even a critical violation was observed). All in all, the GMP inspectors came to the conclusion that – in their current states – those facilities are not able to manufacture APIs in a GMP-compliant way.

At all three companies, deficiencies against the fundamental requirements for GMP-compliant…

View original post 199 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Revision of the general Chapter on Pharmaceutical Water in the US Pharmacopoeia

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

The 2nd supplement of USP39 NF34 comprises the revised version of the chapter on pharmaceutical water of the US Pharmacopoeia <1231> Water for pharmaceutical purposes.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05410_Revision-of-the-general-Chapter-on-Pharmaceutical-Water-in-the-US-Pharmacopoeia_15160,15266,15221,15612,Z-PEM_n.html

The 2nd supplement of USP39 NF34 comprises the revised version of the chapter on pharmaceutical water of the US Pharmacopoeia <1231> Water for pharmaceutical purposes. The first draft version had already been published in September 2015 in the USP Pharmacopeial Forum 41(5).

First of all: there are no new or revised specifications of individual test parameters or new requirements. But the chapter has been revised structurally to ensure better readability. In addition there are now also details regarding feed water as well as for the validation and on action and warning limits. With a chapter number greater than 1000 the Chapter <1231> is not binding, but has a recommending character. The recommended temperature for hot sanitising was changed. So far temperatures of 80…

View original post 85 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Final WHO Guidance Document on Good Data and Record Management Practices

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

The WHO has just released the  the final version of the important guideline “Good Data and Record Management Practices“.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05418_Final-WHO-Guidance-Document-on-Good-Data-and-Record-Management-Practices_15488,15637,Z-COVM_n.html

We recently informed you about the WHO Draft Guidance on Good Data and Record Management Practices. Now, the WHO has just released the  the final version of this important guideline “Good Data and Record Management Practices”.

The final version is sectioned rather similar to the draft version:

– Introduction
– Aims and objectives of this guidance
– Glossary
– Principles
– Quality risk management to ensure good data management
– Management governance and quality audits
– Contracted organizations, suppliers and service providers
– Training in good data and record management
– Good documentation practices
– Designing and validation systems to assure data quality and reliability
– Managing data and records throughout  the data lifecycle
– Addressing data reliability issues
– References and further reading

Although the individual chapters were…

View original post 208 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized
Viewing all 1640 articles
Browse latest View live